CA2322420A1 - Methods and devices for improving broadband ultrasonic attenuation and speed of sound measurements - Google Patents
Methods and devices for improving broadband ultrasonic attenuation and speed of sound measurements Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2322420A1 CA2322420A1 CA002322420A CA2322420A CA2322420A1 CA 2322420 A1 CA2322420 A1 CA 2322420A1 CA 002322420 A CA002322420 A CA 002322420A CA 2322420 A CA2322420 A CA 2322420A CA 2322420 A1 CA2322420 A1 CA 2322420A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- ultrasonic
- transducer
- transmission
- unit
- ultrasonic transducer
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B8/00—Diagnosis using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves
- A61B8/42—Details of probe positioning or probe attachment to the patient
- A61B8/4209—Details of probe positioning or probe attachment to the patient by using holders, e.g. positioning frames
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B8/00—Diagnosis using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves
- A61B8/08—Detecting organic movements or changes, e.g. tumours, cysts, swellings
- A61B8/0875—Detecting organic movements or changes, e.g. tumours, cysts, swellings for diagnosis of bone
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B8/00—Diagnosis using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves
- A61B8/42—Details of probe positioning or probe attachment to the patient
- A61B8/4272—Details of probe positioning or probe attachment to the patient involving the acoustic interface between the transducer and the tissue
- A61B8/4281—Details of probe positioning or probe attachment to the patient involving the acoustic interface between the transducer and the tissue characterised by sound-transmitting media or devices for coupling the transducer to the tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B8/00—Diagnosis using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves
- A61B8/42—Details of probe positioning or probe attachment to the patient
- A61B8/4272—Details of probe positioning or probe attachment to the patient involving the acoustic interface between the transducer and the tissue
- A61B8/429—Details of probe positioning or probe attachment to the patient involving the acoustic interface between the transducer and the tissue characterised by determining or monitoring the contact between the transducer and the tissue
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Acoustics & Sound (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Ultra Sonic Daignosis Equipment (AREA)
Abstract
The invention provides for ultrasonic methods, compositions and devices, particularly methods, compositions devices that provide for reproducible positioning of the ultrasonic transducer (700) over an anatomic region (500, 600, 730) using anatomic landmarks. The invention provides for improved interrogation devices that reproduce position transducers (700) over an interrogation site.
Description
METHODS AND DEVICES FOR IMPROVING
BROADBAND ULTRASONIC ATTENUATION AND
SPEED OF SOUND MEASUREMENTS
S TECHNICAL FIELD
The invention relates to ultrasonic methods, compositions and devices, particularly methods, compositions and devices that provide for reproducible positioning of the ultrasonic transducers) over an anatomical region using anatomical landmarks and soft tissue correction.
BACKGROUND
Ultrasonic techniques have recently been introduced as methods free of ionizing radiation for non-invasive assessment of skeletal status in patients with osteoporosis.
Quantitative aspects of these ultrasonic techniques can permit assessment of bone mass 1 S and density, as well as bone structure. Ultrasonic techniques for evaluating skeletal status also include measurements of speed of sound ("SOS") that reflect the transmission velocity of ultrasonic waves passing through bone tissue and soft tissue, measurements of broadband ultrasonic attenuation ("BUA") that assess the frequency dependence of ultrasonic attenuation, and pulse echo techniques that measure the energy scattered from the internal structure of the bone.
Many different measurement sites have been proposed for osteoporosis, such as the tibia, the patella, the phalanges, or the calcaneus. The calcaneus is preferred for quantitative ultrasonic measurements of skeletal status. It is composed of predominantly trabecular bone with only a thin cortical bone envelope medially and laterally, which 2S together provide an excellent medium for detecting changes in SOS and BUA
measurements. The calcaneus also permits convenient ultrasonic interrogation for the operator and the patient alike.
Although a number of commercial devices exist for diagnosis of osteoporosis, clinicians have recognized the limitations of such devices and methods.
Correlations between quantitative ultrasonic measurements and assessments of bone mineral density using quantitative computed tomography, dual x-ray absorptiometry, and single photon absorptiometry have been reported to be poor at the calcaneus, as well as at other sites.
BROADBAND ULTRASONIC ATTENUATION AND
SPEED OF SOUND MEASUREMENTS
S TECHNICAL FIELD
The invention relates to ultrasonic methods, compositions and devices, particularly methods, compositions and devices that provide for reproducible positioning of the ultrasonic transducers) over an anatomical region using anatomical landmarks and soft tissue correction.
BACKGROUND
Ultrasonic techniques have recently been introduced as methods free of ionizing radiation for non-invasive assessment of skeletal status in patients with osteoporosis.
Quantitative aspects of these ultrasonic techniques can permit assessment of bone mass 1 S and density, as well as bone structure. Ultrasonic techniques for evaluating skeletal status also include measurements of speed of sound ("SOS") that reflect the transmission velocity of ultrasonic waves passing through bone tissue and soft tissue, measurements of broadband ultrasonic attenuation ("BUA") that assess the frequency dependence of ultrasonic attenuation, and pulse echo techniques that measure the energy scattered from the internal structure of the bone.
Many different measurement sites have been proposed for osteoporosis, such as the tibia, the patella, the phalanges, or the calcaneus. The calcaneus is preferred for quantitative ultrasonic measurements of skeletal status. It is composed of predominantly trabecular bone with only a thin cortical bone envelope medially and laterally, which 2S together provide an excellent medium for detecting changes in SOS and BUA
measurements. The calcaneus also permits convenient ultrasonic interrogation for the operator and the patient alike.
Although a number of commercial devices exist for diagnosis of osteoporosis, clinicians have recognized the limitations of such devices and methods.
Correlations between quantitative ultrasonic measurements and assessments of bone mineral density using quantitative computed tomography, dual x-ray absorptiometry, and single photon absorptiometry have been reported to be poor at the calcaneus, as well as at other sites.
2 Consequently, the inventors have recognized the need, among other things, to provide reliable ultrasonic devices and accurate, and qualitative or quantitative methods for ultrasonic measurements in the diagnosis of osteoporosis, as well as methods and devices to generally improve diagnostic tools based on ultrasonic measurements.
The present invention recognizes for the first time that errors arising from misplacement of interrogation sites in ultrasonic measurements of speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the ankle bone can be corrected by positoning the transducers) with respect to an anatomical landmark. Previously, it was not recognized that BUA or SOS measurements could be improved by compensating for positioning errors introduced by soft tissues, growth of the ankle, or interindividual size differences.
Nor was it recognized that changes in ankle shape, soft tissue or position are a potential source of decreased accuracy and reproducibility of SOS and BUA measurements in patients with peripheral edema undergoing diuretic or other types of medical treatment of edema with resultant fluctuations in soft tissue thickness. The present invention includes positioning the ankle using A-scan or B-scan technology to identify anatomical locations used for measuring SOS and BUA.
The invention provides for an improved ultrasonic system for tissue BUA or SOS interrogation of a heel, comprising: a) a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer, wherein the axis of transmission is through a portion of tissue of a heel, b) an x, y positioner that engages a first ultrasonic transducer and a second ultrasonic transducer, the x, y -positioner controllably positions the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between at least a first and a second position while generally maintaining the axis of transmission, and c) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer. Typically, the computational unit generates an anatomical landmark from either an A-scan or B-scan in order to direct BUA and SOS
measurements. The ultrasonic system may also include a computational unit that can identify an anatomical landmark in the heel and direct the x, y positioner to a position over the anatomic landmark, and thereby positioning the first ultrasonic transducer and
The present invention recognizes for the first time that errors arising from misplacement of interrogation sites in ultrasonic measurements of speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the ankle bone can be corrected by positoning the transducers) with respect to an anatomical landmark. Previously, it was not recognized that BUA or SOS measurements could be improved by compensating for positioning errors introduced by soft tissues, growth of the ankle, or interindividual size differences.
Nor was it recognized that changes in ankle shape, soft tissue or position are a potential source of decreased accuracy and reproducibility of SOS and BUA measurements in patients with peripheral edema undergoing diuretic or other types of medical treatment of edema with resultant fluctuations in soft tissue thickness. The present invention includes positioning the ankle using A-scan or B-scan technology to identify anatomical locations used for measuring SOS and BUA.
The invention provides for an improved ultrasonic system for tissue BUA or SOS interrogation of a heel, comprising: a) a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer, wherein the axis of transmission is through a portion of tissue of a heel, b) an x, y positioner that engages a first ultrasonic transducer and a second ultrasonic transducer, the x, y -positioner controllably positions the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between at least a first and a second position while generally maintaining the axis of transmission, and c) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer. Typically, the computational unit generates an anatomical landmark from either an A-scan or B-scan in order to direct BUA and SOS
measurements. The ultrasonic system may also include a computational unit that can identify an anatomical landmark in the heel and direct the x, y positioner to a position over the anatomic landmark, and thereby positioning the first ultrasonic transducer and
3 second ultrasonic transducer to have an axis of transmission generally through the anatomical landmark in the heel.
In another embodiment, the invention includes an ultrasonic system for automated ultrasonic identification of an anatomical landmark in the heel, comprising:
a) an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals, and b) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the ultrasonic transducer unit for BUA
and SOS
measurements in the heel and to process signals to identify an anatomical landmark in the heel in either a A scan or B-scan mode or both. The ultrasonic system can further comprise a positioning unit for changing the spatial relationship between the anatomic landmark in the anatomical region and the ultrasonic transducer unit, thereby permitting interrogation with reference to the anatomical landmark in, the heel by positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark.
In another embodiment, the invention includes an ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation of a heel, comprising:
positioning, with respect to an anatomical region of a heel, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals, interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit, identifying an anatomical landmark in the anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of the heel, and storing the anatomic landmark in a storage device. The ultrasonic method may include' the--Steps-- of comparing the. location of the ultrasonic-transducer unit to the location of the anatomical landmark in the heel and positioning the ultrasonic transducer unit at a preselected or desired set of coordinates in relation to the anatomical landmark of the heel.
While many of the embodiments of the invention will find particular application in clinical measurements, such as BUA or SOS, and surgical procedures, such trocar procedures and catheter procedures, the invention provides for general ultrasonic devices and methods that will be applicable to many clinical applications.
The invention provides for an improved ultrasonic system for tissue ultrasonic interrogation, comprising: a) a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer, wherein the axis of transmission is
In another embodiment, the invention includes an ultrasonic system for automated ultrasonic identification of an anatomical landmark in the heel, comprising:
a) an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals, and b) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the ultrasonic transducer unit for BUA
and SOS
measurements in the heel and to process signals to identify an anatomical landmark in the heel in either a A scan or B-scan mode or both. The ultrasonic system can further comprise a positioning unit for changing the spatial relationship between the anatomic landmark in the anatomical region and the ultrasonic transducer unit, thereby permitting interrogation with reference to the anatomical landmark in, the heel by positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark.
In another embodiment, the invention includes an ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation of a heel, comprising:
positioning, with respect to an anatomical region of a heel, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals, interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit, identifying an anatomical landmark in the anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of the heel, and storing the anatomic landmark in a storage device. The ultrasonic method may include' the--Steps-- of comparing the. location of the ultrasonic-transducer unit to the location of the anatomical landmark in the heel and positioning the ultrasonic transducer unit at a preselected or desired set of coordinates in relation to the anatomical landmark of the heel.
While many of the embodiments of the invention will find particular application in clinical measurements, such as BUA or SOS, and surgical procedures, such trocar procedures and catheter procedures, the invention provides for general ultrasonic devices and methods that will be applicable to many clinical applications.
The invention provides for an improved ultrasonic system for tissue ultrasonic interrogation, comprising: a) a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer, wherein the axis of transmission is
4 through a portion of tissue, b) an x, y positioner that engages the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer, the x, y positioner controllably positions the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between at least a first and a second position while generally maintaining the axis of transmission, and c) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer in either A scan or B scan mode or both and may optionally be designed to control movement of the x, y positioner. The ultrasonic system can further comprise a z positioner that positions at least one of the first or second ultrasonic transducers, and the z positioner changes the distance of transmission along the axis of transmission between the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer. The ultrasonic system may include a computational unit that can identify an anatomic landmark in an interrogated tissue and direct the x, y positioner to a position over the anatomic landmark, and thereby positioning the first ultrasonic transducer and second ultrasonic transducer to have an axis of transmission generally through the anatomic landmark.
In another embodiment, the invention includes an ultrasonic system for automated ultrasonic identification of an anatomical landmark, comprising: a) an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals, and b) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the ultrasonic transducer unit and to process signals to -identify an anatomical landmark--in an anatomical region in either a A scan or B scan-----.-. -- .--.- -mode or both. The ultrasonic system can further comprise a positioning unit for changing the spatial relationship between the anatomic landmark in the anatomical region and the ultrasonic transducer unit, thereby permitting interrogation with reference to the anatomic landmark in the anatomical region by positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark.
In another embodiment, the invention includes an ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation, comprising:
positioning, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second
In another embodiment, the invention includes an ultrasonic system for automated ultrasonic identification of an anatomical landmark, comprising: a) an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals, and b) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the ultrasonic transducer unit and to process signals to -identify an anatomical landmark--in an anatomical region in either a A scan or B scan-----.-. -- .--.- -mode or both. The ultrasonic system can further comprise a positioning unit for changing the spatial relationship between the anatomic landmark in the anatomical region and the ultrasonic transducer unit, thereby permitting interrogation with reference to the anatomic landmark in the anatomical region by positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark.
In another embodiment, the invention includes an ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation, comprising:
positioning, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second
5 PCTNS99/05234 S
member of the pair is designed to receive signals, interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit, identifying an anatomic landmark in the anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of the anatomical region, and storing the anatomic landmark in a storage device. The ultrasonic method may include the steps of S comparing the location and axis of transmission of the ultrasonic transducer unit to the location of the anatomic landmark and positioning the ultrasonic transducer unit to produce an axis of transmission at a preselected or desired set of coordinates in relation to the anatomic landmark.
In another embodiment, the invention includes an ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation of an anatomical region, comprising: a) positioning, if necessary, on the surface of a patient, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers wherein a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals, b) interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle, c) interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, and d) identifying an anatomic landmark in common with the signals obtained in steps (b) and (c) in the anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of the anatomical region. The ultrasonic method may include the step of storing the anatomic landmark in a storage device. The positioning step may also include positioning the transducer unit at a plurality of predetermined transmission angles for interrogation. Typically, the use of a second transmission angle increases the accuracy of the anatomical landmark compared. _- .-to interrogation with a single transmission angle.
In another embodiment, the invention includes a computer program product, comprising:
a) instructions for a positioning unit to position a transducer or plurality of transducers at a plurality of interrogation sites in an anatomical region, b) instructions for interrogating the anatomical region with the transducer or the plurality of transducers at the plurality of interrogation sites, c) instructions for generating a map of the anatomical region using ultrasonic measurements from the plurality of interrogation sites,
member of the pair is designed to receive signals, interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit, identifying an anatomic landmark in the anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of the anatomical region, and storing the anatomic landmark in a storage device. The ultrasonic method may include the steps of S comparing the location and axis of transmission of the ultrasonic transducer unit to the location of the anatomic landmark and positioning the ultrasonic transducer unit to produce an axis of transmission at a preselected or desired set of coordinates in relation to the anatomic landmark.
In another embodiment, the invention includes an ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation of an anatomical region, comprising: a) positioning, if necessary, on the surface of a patient, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers wherein a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals, b) interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle, c) interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, and d) identifying an anatomic landmark in common with the signals obtained in steps (b) and (c) in the anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of the anatomical region. The ultrasonic method may include the step of storing the anatomic landmark in a storage device. The positioning step may also include positioning the transducer unit at a plurality of predetermined transmission angles for interrogation. Typically, the use of a second transmission angle increases the accuracy of the anatomical landmark compared. _- .-to interrogation with a single transmission angle.
In another embodiment, the invention includes a computer program product, comprising:
a) instructions for a positioning unit to position a transducer or plurality of transducers at a plurality of interrogation sites in an anatomical region, b) instructions for interrogating the anatomical region with the transducer or the plurality of transducers at the plurality of interrogation sites, c) instructions for generating a map of the anatomical region using ultrasonic measurements from the plurality of interrogation sites,
6 d) instructions for the positioning unit to position the transducerinstructions or the plurality of transducers at a second plurality of interrogation sites in the anatomical region if the map lacks sufficient features to be clinically relevant for a clinically relevant measurement, e) instructions for interrogating the anatomical region for a clinically relevant instructions measurement;
wherein instructions (a) through (e) permit the generation of the map which facilitates a clinically relevant measurement and instructions (a) through (e) are stored on a computer retrievable medium. The computer program product can also include instructions for comparing the map with a reference map of substantially the same anatomical region using predefined criteria, the predefined criteria optionally comprising percent similarity of contours of bones, percent similarity of an anatomical landmark or percent similarity of reflective surfaces; instructions for interrogating the anatomical region for a clinically relevant measurement if the map matches the reference map; and instructions for the positioning unit to position the transducer or the plurality of transducers at a second plurality of interrogation sites in the anatomical region if the map lacks sufficient features to be clinically relevant for a clinically relevant measurement.
The methods and devices provided also herein permit, among other things, correction of ultrasonic parameters, such as speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation, for soft tissue interposed in the ultrasonic beam.
The invention also provides for an improved ultrasonic system for BUA or SOS
- - measurements- in a heel using soft -tissue correction: - The- s-ystem can include a first - -- - -- -- .- -----ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer. The axis of transmission is designed to pass through a portion of tissue from a heel. Soft tissue is usually measured using A scan or B scan.
Preferably, soft tissue thickness greater than about 1 cm can be detected within about 3 mm of the actual layer thickness. Estimates of soft tissue can be used to correct BUA or SOS
measurements. The system can include an x, y positioner that engages the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer and is adapted to accommodate the heel. Typically, the x, y positioner controllably positions the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between WO 99/45845 PC'T/US99/05234
wherein instructions (a) through (e) permit the generation of the map which facilitates a clinically relevant measurement and instructions (a) through (e) are stored on a computer retrievable medium. The computer program product can also include instructions for comparing the map with a reference map of substantially the same anatomical region using predefined criteria, the predefined criteria optionally comprising percent similarity of contours of bones, percent similarity of an anatomical landmark or percent similarity of reflective surfaces; instructions for interrogating the anatomical region for a clinically relevant measurement if the map matches the reference map; and instructions for the positioning unit to position the transducer or the plurality of transducers at a second plurality of interrogation sites in the anatomical region if the map lacks sufficient features to be clinically relevant for a clinically relevant measurement.
The methods and devices provided also herein permit, among other things, correction of ultrasonic parameters, such as speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation, for soft tissue interposed in the ultrasonic beam.
The invention also provides for an improved ultrasonic system for BUA or SOS
- - measurements- in a heel using soft -tissue correction: - The- s-ystem can include a first - -- - -- -- .- -----ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer. The axis of transmission is designed to pass through a portion of tissue from a heel. Soft tissue is usually measured using A scan or B scan.
Preferably, soft tissue thickness greater than about 1 cm can be detected within about 3 mm of the actual layer thickness. Estimates of soft tissue can be used to correct BUA or SOS
measurements. The system can include an x, y positioner that engages the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer and is adapted to accommodate the heel. Typically, the x, y positioner controllably positions the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between WO 99/45845 PC'T/US99/05234
7 at least a first and a second position while generally maintaining the axis of transmission.
The system includes a computational unit designed to manage 1) ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer and 2) soft tissue correction of BUA or SOS
measurements. It may optionally be designed to control movement of the x, y positioner. The system offers the advantage of improving BUA and SOS measurements by the soft tissue correction compared to the absence of soft tissue correction. The computational unit can include instructions to estimate broadband ultrasonic attenuation (or SOS) in the heel and correct the broadband ultrasonic attenuation (or SOS) for soft tissue present in the heel. The computational unit can also comprise a database of correction factors for soft tissue thicknesses and broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound. The computational unit can also include instructions to calculate soft tissue thickness.
In another embodiment, the invention provides for an ultrasonic system for soft tissue correction for BUA or SOS measurements in a heel. The system includes an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers for either BUA or SOS measurements where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals. The system includes a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the ultrasonic transducer unit and to correct BUA or SOS measurements for the presence of soft tissue in an anatomical region of a heel. The computational unit can be designed to process ultrasonic signals received from the ultrasonic transducer unit to generate-an estimate-of.saft.tissue in the anatomical region;-and to correct the BUA or SOS measurement. Preferably, the computational unit is further designed to process received ultrasonic signals from an ultrasonic transducer to generate at least one data set of an ultrasonic property to estimate soft tissue thickness. Typically, the ultrasonic property measures soft tissue thickness from bone to skin.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in a heel of a human in need of diagnosis of osteoporosis, comprising:
a) interrogating a tissue of the heel with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both,
The system includes a computational unit designed to manage 1) ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer and 2) soft tissue correction of BUA or SOS
measurements. It may optionally be designed to control movement of the x, y positioner. The system offers the advantage of improving BUA and SOS measurements by the soft tissue correction compared to the absence of soft tissue correction. The computational unit can include instructions to estimate broadband ultrasonic attenuation (or SOS) in the heel and correct the broadband ultrasonic attenuation (or SOS) for soft tissue present in the heel. The computational unit can also comprise a database of correction factors for soft tissue thicknesses and broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound. The computational unit can also include instructions to calculate soft tissue thickness.
In another embodiment, the invention provides for an ultrasonic system for soft tissue correction for BUA or SOS measurements in a heel. The system includes an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers for either BUA or SOS measurements where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals. The system includes a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the ultrasonic transducer unit and to correct BUA or SOS measurements for the presence of soft tissue in an anatomical region of a heel. The computational unit can be designed to process ultrasonic signals received from the ultrasonic transducer unit to generate-an estimate-of.saft.tissue in the anatomical region;-and to correct the BUA or SOS measurement. Preferably, the computational unit is further designed to process received ultrasonic signals from an ultrasonic transducer to generate at least one data set of an ultrasonic property to estimate soft tissue thickness. Typically, the ultrasonic property measures soft tissue thickness from bone to skin.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in a heel of a human in need of diagnosis of osteoporosis, comprising:
a) interrogating a tissue of the heel with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both,
8 b) interrogating the tissue with an ultrasonic transducer to determine soft tissue thickness in a heel, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both by correcting for the soft tissue thickness, wherein the determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than in the absence of correcting for soft tissue thickness.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for correcting for soft tissue interposed between ultrasonic transducers in a heel of a human in need of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements, comprising:
a) interrogating a tissue of the heel with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, b) interrogating the tissue with an ultrasonic transducer to determine soft tissue in an anatomical region in a heel with the ultrasonic transducer, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both by correcting for the soft tissue, wherein the determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue of the heel than in the absence of correcting for soft tissue.
The invention also includes a computer program-product; comprising:
a) instructions for interrogating an anatomical region of a heel with a transducer unit at an interrogation site for soft tissue in a heel, b) instructions for generating an estimate of soft tissue of the anatomical region using ultrasonic measurements from the interrogation site, c) instructions for interrogating the anatomical region for a clinically relevant BUA
and SOS measurement;
wherein instructions (a) through (c) permit the generation of an estimate of soft tissue that facilitates a clinically relevant BUA or SOS measurement and instructions (a) through (c) are stored on a computer retrievable medium.
Computer
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for correcting for soft tissue interposed between ultrasonic transducers in a heel of a human in need of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements, comprising:
a) interrogating a tissue of the heel with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, b) interrogating the tissue with an ultrasonic transducer to determine soft tissue in an anatomical region in a heel with the ultrasonic transducer, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both by correcting for the soft tissue, wherein the determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue of the heel than in the absence of correcting for soft tissue.
The invention also includes a computer program-product; comprising:
a) instructions for interrogating an anatomical region of a heel with a transducer unit at an interrogation site for soft tissue in a heel, b) instructions for generating an estimate of soft tissue of the anatomical region using ultrasonic measurements from the interrogation site, c) instructions for interrogating the anatomical region for a clinically relevant BUA
and SOS measurement;
wherein instructions (a) through (c) permit the generation of an estimate of soft tissue that facilitates a clinically relevant BUA or SOS measurement and instructions (a) through (c) are stored on a computer retrievable medium.
Computer
9 programs of the invention can include instructions to perform the methods and operation of devices described herein.
While many of the embodiments of the invention will find particular application in clinical measurements, such as BUA or SOS, and surgical procedures, such trocar procedures and catheter procedures, the invention also provides for general ultrasonic devices and methods relating to multiple transmission angle ultrasonic interrogation in tissues that will be applicable to many clinical applications.
The invention includes an ultrasonic system for multiple transmission angle ultrasonic interrogation in tissues with heterogenous structures that alter ultrasonic properties. The system can comprise a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer, said axis of transmission is through a portion of tissue suspected of having heterogenous structures that alter ultrasonic properties. The system can include an x, y positioner that can engage the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer. The x, y positioner controllably 1) positions the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between at least a first and a second position while generally maintaining the axis of transmission and 2) establishes predetermined transmission angles for the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer to interrogate the portion of the tissue at multiple transmission angles through heterogenous structures in the tissue. A computational unit can be included that is designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer with either BUA or SOS or -.--both. It may optionally-be designed to control movement of the x, y positioner. The ultrasonic measurements with multiple transmission angles are typically improved compared to interrogation in the absence of multiple transmission angles.
In addition, the invention includes an ultrasonic system for automated ultrasonic measurements at multiple transmission angles. The system comprises an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising 1 ) an ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals and 2) a multiple transmission angle positioner to vary the transmission angle of the ultrasonic transducer with respect to the plane of a tissue in a predetermined fashion.
Preferably, the transducer unit is designed to vary the transmission angle without necessarily changing the general position of the ultrasonic transducer with respect to the tissue. This allows the substantially same region to be interrogated at different angles.
The system can include a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the ultrasonic transducer unit and to process signals from the ultrasonic transducer unit at multiple transmission angles, for example using signal averaging, filtering unwanted signals or pattern recognition of desired types of acoustic 5 signatures. Preferably, the computational unit is designed to process received ultrasonic signals from the ultrasonic transducer to generate at least one data set of an ultrasonic property determined at predetermined, multiple transmission angles. Such an ultrasonic property can be selected from the group consisting of broadband ultrasonic attenuation, echogenicity, reflective surfaces, distances from the transducer unit, speed of sound, and
While many of the embodiments of the invention will find particular application in clinical measurements, such as BUA or SOS, and surgical procedures, such trocar procedures and catheter procedures, the invention also provides for general ultrasonic devices and methods relating to multiple transmission angle ultrasonic interrogation in tissues that will be applicable to many clinical applications.
The invention includes an ultrasonic system for multiple transmission angle ultrasonic interrogation in tissues with heterogenous structures that alter ultrasonic properties. The system can comprise a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer, said axis of transmission is through a portion of tissue suspected of having heterogenous structures that alter ultrasonic properties. The system can include an x, y positioner that can engage the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer. The x, y positioner controllably 1) positions the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between at least a first and a second position while generally maintaining the axis of transmission and 2) establishes predetermined transmission angles for the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer to interrogate the portion of the tissue at multiple transmission angles through heterogenous structures in the tissue. A computational unit can be included that is designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer with either BUA or SOS or -.--both. It may optionally-be designed to control movement of the x, y positioner. The ultrasonic measurements with multiple transmission angles are typically improved compared to interrogation in the absence of multiple transmission angles.
In addition, the invention includes an ultrasonic system for automated ultrasonic measurements at multiple transmission angles. The system comprises an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising 1 ) an ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals and 2) a multiple transmission angle positioner to vary the transmission angle of the ultrasonic transducer with respect to the plane of a tissue in a predetermined fashion.
Preferably, the transducer unit is designed to vary the transmission angle without necessarily changing the general position of the ultrasonic transducer with respect to the tissue. This allows the substantially same region to be interrogated at different angles.
The system can include a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the ultrasonic transducer unit and to process signals from the ultrasonic transducer unit at multiple transmission angles, for example using signal averaging, filtering unwanted signals or pattern recognition of desired types of acoustic 5 signatures. Preferably, the computational unit is designed to process received ultrasonic signals from the ultrasonic transducer to generate at least one data set of an ultrasonic property determined at predetermined, multiple transmission angles. Such an ultrasonic property can be selected from the group consisting of broadband ultrasonic attenuation, echogenicity, reflective surfaces, distances from the transducer unit, speed of sound, and
10 ultrasonic images.
In addition, the invention includes an ultrasonic system for tissue ultrasonic interrogation for broadband ultrasonic attenuation at multiple transmission angles. The system comprises a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission through an anatomical region to be interrogated and the first ultrasonic transducer is adapted for BUA and a second ultrasonic transducer adapted for BUA with the axis of transmission through the anatomical region to be interrogated, wherein monitoring broadband ultrasonic attenuation between the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer is permitted. The system includes a positioning unit to vary the transmission angle of the axis of transmission with respect to the tissue plane. The system may have a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission of the first ultrasonic transducer, to manage ultrasonic signal reception of the second ultrasonic transducer and to control the transmission angle of the axis of transmission.
Typically, -- the positioning unit comprises- an x, y positioner for the first -ultrasonic transducer-and the second ultrasonic transducer that can establish at least 3 predetermined transmission angles while maintaining a common axis of transmission. Preferably, the x, y positioner is designed to position the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer with first axis of transmission at each transmission angle generally passing through the same anatomical region. Typically, the center of axis of transmission at each angle passes through an area of the anatomical region that is no more than about 5 to 8 cm squared.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for ultrasonic interrogation at multiple transmission angles: The method comprises positioning, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic
In addition, the invention includes an ultrasonic system for tissue ultrasonic interrogation for broadband ultrasonic attenuation at multiple transmission angles. The system comprises a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission through an anatomical region to be interrogated and the first ultrasonic transducer is adapted for BUA and a second ultrasonic transducer adapted for BUA with the axis of transmission through the anatomical region to be interrogated, wherein monitoring broadband ultrasonic attenuation between the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer is permitted. The system includes a positioning unit to vary the transmission angle of the axis of transmission with respect to the tissue plane. The system may have a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission of the first ultrasonic transducer, to manage ultrasonic signal reception of the second ultrasonic transducer and to control the transmission angle of the axis of transmission.
Typically, -- the positioning unit comprises- an x, y positioner for the first -ultrasonic transducer-and the second ultrasonic transducer that can establish at least 3 predetermined transmission angles while maintaining a common axis of transmission. Preferably, the x, y positioner is designed to position the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer with first axis of transmission at each transmission angle generally passing through the same anatomical region. Typically, the center of axis of transmission at each angle passes through an area of the anatomical region that is no more than about 5 to 8 cm squared.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for ultrasonic interrogation at multiple transmission angles: The method comprises positioning, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic
11 transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals. The methods includes interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit at predetermined, multiple transmission angles, and recording an ultrasonic property of the anatomical region. The method further comprises storing the ultrasonic property in a storage device.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in dense tissues. The method comprises interrogating a tissue at predetermined, multiple transmission angles with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both. The method includes determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both at two or more predetermined, multiple transmission angles, wherein the determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than interrogation in the absence of predetermined, multiple transmission angles.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation of an anatomical region, comprising:
positioning, if necessary, on the surface of a patient, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers wherein a-first member- of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second--member of the pair is designed to receive signals, and interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle, interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, identifying an anatomic landmark in common with the signals obtained in the above steps in the anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of the anatomical region.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in dense tissues, comprising:
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in dense tissues. The method comprises interrogating a tissue at predetermined, multiple transmission angles with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both. The method includes determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both at two or more predetermined, multiple transmission angles, wherein the determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than interrogation in the absence of predetermined, multiple transmission angles.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation of an anatomical region, comprising:
positioning, if necessary, on the surface of a patient, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers wherein a-first member- of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second--member of the pair is designed to receive signals, and interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle, interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, identifying an anatomic landmark in common with the signals obtained in the above steps in the anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of the anatomical region.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in dense tissues, comprising:
12 interrogating a patient's tissue with at least a first ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle and a second ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second ultrasonic transducer unit are a) adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both and b) have an angle of least about 150 degrees between said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second transducer unit, interrogating said patient's tissue with said first ultrasonic transducer unit at a third transmission angle and said second ultrasonic transducer unit at a fourth transmission angle while maintaining an angle of at least about 150 degrees between said first transducer unit and said second transducer unit, and determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both for said tissue; wherein said determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than in the absence of interrogating said patient's tissue with at least said first ultrasonic transducer unit at a third transmission angle and said second ultrasonic transducer unit at a fourth transmission angle.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic system for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in a tissue, comprising:
a transducer unit comprising at least a first ultrasonic transducer engaged with a first multiple transmission angle unit to controllably vary first transmission angles and a second ultrasonic transducer engaged with a second multiple transmission angle unit to - ---- --eont-rollably vary second transmission angles; -wherein the first ultrasonic transducer- - - --unit and the second ultrasonic transducer unit are adapted for either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, and a computational unit for controllably adjusting transmission angles of the first and second transducer; wherein the ultrasonic system will measure broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, speed of sound value or both if so desired.
The invention also includes a computer program product, comprising:
instructions for a positioning unit to vary the transmission angle of a transducer or plurality of transducers at a plurality of transmission angles in an anatomical region, instructions for interrogating the anatomical region with the transducer or the plurality of transducers at the plurality of transmission angles, and
The invention also includes an ultrasonic system for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in a tissue, comprising:
a transducer unit comprising at least a first ultrasonic transducer engaged with a first multiple transmission angle unit to controllably vary first transmission angles and a second ultrasonic transducer engaged with a second multiple transmission angle unit to - ---- --eont-rollably vary second transmission angles; -wherein the first ultrasonic transducer- - - --unit and the second ultrasonic transducer unit are adapted for either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, and a computational unit for controllably adjusting transmission angles of the first and second transducer; wherein the ultrasonic system will measure broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, speed of sound value or both if so desired.
The invention also includes a computer program product, comprising:
instructions for a positioning unit to vary the transmission angle of a transducer or plurality of transducers at a plurality of transmission angles in an anatomical region, instructions for interrogating the anatomical region with the transducer or the plurality of transducers at the plurality of transmission angles, and
13 instructions for recording at least one ultrasonic property at the plurality of transmission angles, wherein the above instructions facilitates a clinically relevant measurement and such instructions are stored on a computer retrievable medium.
S BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES
FIG. 1 shows one embodiment of the invention relating to methods of interrogating a tissue, generating an anatomical map or instructing a positioner to position a transducer(s). An anatomical map is generated from data by interrogating the tissue at a first transducers) positions) (nl), for instance using either A
scan or B scan or both. A clinical measurement is then made at the first position n~ . The process of interrogation, map generation and clinical measurement can be repeated at each subsequent position (n~, n2, ...). Optionally, the anatomical map can be compared to a reference map that is usually stored in computational unit. When a suitable match occurs with the reference map interrogation can be initiated.
1S FIG. 2 shows another embodiment of the invention relating to methods of interrogating a tissue, identifying an anatomical landmark or instructing a positioner to position a transducer(s). The transducers) is positioned. An anatomical map is generated from data by interrogating the tissue at a first transducers) positions) (nl), for instance using either A scan or B scan or both. A comparison of the map to landmark criteria is then made to identify a landmark at the first position n~. The process of positioning, inten:ogation, map generation and comparison can be repeated at each subsequent position (n~, n2,...). After a landmark has been identified, a clinical measurement can-be initiated. _ .
FIG. 3A shows an example demonstrating the influence of soft tissue thickness 2S on ultrasonic measurements of speed of sound. As the thickness of the soft tissue interposed in the scan path increases, measured speed of sound, in this example of the calcaneus, decreases.
FIG. 3B shows an example demonstrating the results when measured speed of sound is corrected for thickness of the soft tissue layers interposed in the scan path.
This correction is typically performed by measuring soft tissue thickness with A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics. As the soft tissue thickness increases, corrected speed of sound does not change significantly.
S BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES
FIG. 1 shows one embodiment of the invention relating to methods of interrogating a tissue, generating an anatomical map or instructing a positioner to position a transducer(s). An anatomical map is generated from data by interrogating the tissue at a first transducers) positions) (nl), for instance using either A
scan or B scan or both. A clinical measurement is then made at the first position n~ . The process of interrogation, map generation and clinical measurement can be repeated at each subsequent position (n~, n2, ...). Optionally, the anatomical map can be compared to a reference map that is usually stored in computational unit. When a suitable match occurs with the reference map interrogation can be initiated.
1S FIG. 2 shows another embodiment of the invention relating to methods of interrogating a tissue, identifying an anatomical landmark or instructing a positioner to position a transducer(s). The transducers) is positioned. An anatomical map is generated from data by interrogating the tissue at a first transducers) positions) (nl), for instance using either A scan or B scan or both. A comparison of the map to landmark criteria is then made to identify a landmark at the first position n~. The process of positioning, inten:ogation, map generation and comparison can be repeated at each subsequent position (n~, n2,...). After a landmark has been identified, a clinical measurement can-be initiated. _ .
FIG. 3A shows an example demonstrating the influence of soft tissue thickness 2S on ultrasonic measurements of speed of sound. As the thickness of the soft tissue interposed in the scan path increases, measured speed of sound, in this example of the calcaneus, decreases.
FIG. 3B shows an example demonstrating the results when measured speed of sound is corrected for thickness of the soft tissue layers interposed in the scan path.
This correction is typically performed by measuring soft tissue thickness with A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics. As the soft tissue thickness increases, corrected speed of sound does not change significantly.
14 FIG. 4A shows an example demonstrating the influence of soft tissue thickness on measurements of broadband ultrasonic attenuation. As the thickness of the soft tissue interposed in the scan path increases, measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation values, in this example of the calcaneus, decrease.
FIG. 4B shows an example demonstrating the results when measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation is corrected for thickness of the soft tissue layers interposed in the scan path. This correction is typically performed by measuring soft tissue thickness with A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics. As the soft tissue thickness increases, corrected broadband ultrasonic attenuation values do not change significantly.
FIG. 5A shows an example of a typical prior art device for measuring the speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation in a healthy non-edematous patient. The position of the patient's foot 500, of the calcaneus 510, and of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 are fixed with respect to the device frame 530.
FIG. 5B shows an example of a typical prior art device for measuring the speed 1 S of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation in a patient with peripheral edema. Edema increases the thickness of the soft tissue inferior and posterior to the calcaneus. Since the position of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 is fixed relative to the device frame 530, a more inferior and posterior region is measured within the calcaneus 510 when compared to FIG. 5A that is even partially outside the calcaneus 510.
FIG. 5C shows one embodiment of the invention with a probe for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a healthy non-edematous patient. The position of the ultrasonic interrogation -- site 520 is not fixed with respect to the device frame 530 but is determined, for example, based on landmarks or anatomical maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics.
FIG. 5D shows the same embodiment of the invention as seen in FIG. 5C with a probe for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a patient with peripheral edema. Edema increases the thickness of the soft tissue inferior and posterior to the calcaneus. Since the position of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 is not fixed relative to the device frame 530, but is determined, for example, based on landmarks or anatomical maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonic, the interrogation site in the calcaneus remains substantially constant in the presence of peripheral edema and does not change significantly compared to conditions illustrated in FIG. 5C.
FIG. 6A shows another embodiment of the invention with a device for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a healthy non-edematous patient. The position of the patient's foot 600 and of the calcaneus 610 are not fixed with respect to the device frame 650.
5 The ultrasonic transducer 620 is, however, attached 630 to the device frame 650. The foot 600 is placed on a foot holder 640 that can be moved in the x- or y-direction 660.
The foot 600 and the calcaneus 610 are positioned relative to the ultrasonic transducer 620 for example based on landmarks or anatomic maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics.
10 FIG. 6B shows the same embodiment of the invention as demonstrated in FIG.
6A with a probe for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a patient with peripheral edema.
Since the position of the foot 600 and of the calcaneus 610 is not fixed relative to the device frame 650, but is determined, for example, based on landmarks or anatomical maps
FIG. 4B shows an example demonstrating the results when measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation is corrected for thickness of the soft tissue layers interposed in the scan path. This correction is typically performed by measuring soft tissue thickness with A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics. As the soft tissue thickness increases, corrected broadband ultrasonic attenuation values do not change significantly.
FIG. 5A shows an example of a typical prior art device for measuring the speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation in a healthy non-edematous patient. The position of the patient's foot 500, of the calcaneus 510, and of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 are fixed with respect to the device frame 530.
FIG. 5B shows an example of a typical prior art device for measuring the speed 1 S of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation in a patient with peripheral edema. Edema increases the thickness of the soft tissue inferior and posterior to the calcaneus. Since the position of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 is fixed relative to the device frame 530, a more inferior and posterior region is measured within the calcaneus 510 when compared to FIG. 5A that is even partially outside the calcaneus 510.
FIG. 5C shows one embodiment of the invention with a probe for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a healthy non-edematous patient. The position of the ultrasonic interrogation -- site 520 is not fixed with respect to the device frame 530 but is determined, for example, based on landmarks or anatomical maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics.
FIG. 5D shows the same embodiment of the invention as seen in FIG. 5C with a probe for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a patient with peripheral edema. Edema increases the thickness of the soft tissue inferior and posterior to the calcaneus. Since the position of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 is not fixed relative to the device frame 530, but is determined, for example, based on landmarks or anatomical maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonic, the interrogation site in the calcaneus remains substantially constant in the presence of peripheral edema and does not change significantly compared to conditions illustrated in FIG. 5C.
FIG. 6A shows another embodiment of the invention with a device for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a healthy non-edematous patient. The position of the patient's foot 600 and of the calcaneus 610 are not fixed with respect to the device frame 650.
5 The ultrasonic transducer 620 is, however, attached 630 to the device frame 650. The foot 600 is placed on a foot holder 640 that can be moved in the x- or y-direction 660.
The foot 600 and the calcaneus 610 are positioned relative to the ultrasonic transducer 620 for example based on landmarks or anatomic maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics.
10 FIG. 6B shows the same embodiment of the invention as demonstrated in FIG.
6A with a probe for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a patient with peripheral edema.
Since the position of the foot 600 and of the calcaneus 610 is not fixed relative to the device frame 650, but is determined, for example, based on landmarks or anatomical maps
15 using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics, the interrogation site of the ultrasonic transducer 620 at the calcaneus remains substantially constant in the presence of peripheral edema and does not change significantly when compared to the condition illustrated in FIG.
6A.
FIG. 7A shows another embodiment of the invention comprising two ultrasonic transducers 700 attached to an x-positioner 710 and a y-positioner 720. The heel 730 and the calcaneus 740 are seated on a foot holder 750. The ultrasonic transducer 700 is brought in contact with the heel 730 using a z-positioner member 760 that can move in - -and - out of - a frame 770 continuously or in a- stEpwise -fashion. The ultrasonic transmission axis 780 is also shown.
FIG. 7B is a side view of the ultrasonic transducer (T) 700, the x-positioner 710, and the y-positioner 720 shown in FIG. 7A showing the tracks of each positioner.
Typically, one positioner will engage the other positioner to permit x, y movement either concurrently (moving in both directions simultaneously) or sequentially (moving in one dimension first and then in a second dimension).
FIG. 7C shows another embodiment of the invention. The ultrasonic transducers 700 are attached to a positioning system 790 that affords movement of the transducers in x, y-, and z-direction, as well as angulation of the transducers 700 and the resultant
6A.
FIG. 7A shows another embodiment of the invention comprising two ultrasonic transducers 700 attached to an x-positioner 710 and a y-positioner 720. The heel 730 and the calcaneus 740 are seated on a foot holder 750. The ultrasonic transducer 700 is brought in contact with the heel 730 using a z-positioner member 760 that can move in - -and - out of - a frame 770 continuously or in a- stEpwise -fashion. The ultrasonic transmission axis 780 is also shown.
FIG. 7B is a side view of the ultrasonic transducer (T) 700, the x-positioner 710, and the y-positioner 720 shown in FIG. 7A showing the tracks of each positioner.
Typically, one positioner will engage the other positioner to permit x, y movement either concurrently (moving in both directions simultaneously) or sequentially (moving in one dimension first and then in a second dimension).
FIG. 7C shows another embodiment of the invention. The ultrasonic transducers 700 are attached to a positioning system 790 that affords movement of the transducers in x, y-, and z-direction, as well as angulation of the transducers 700 and the resultant
16 ultrasonic transmission axis 780. The angulation position of the transducers 700 and the ultrasonic transmission axis 780 is substantially zero.
FIG. 7D shows the ultrasonic transducers 700 attached to a positioning system 790 that affords movement of the transducers in x, y-, and z-direction, as well as angulation of the transducers 700 and the resultant ultrasonic transmission axis 780.
The angulation position of the transducers 700 and the ultrasonic transmission axis 780 is substantially different from zero.
FIG. 7E shows an expanded view of the embodiment presented in FIGS. 7A-D.
The ultrasonic transducer 700 is attached to a positioning system 790 that affords movement of the transducers in x, y-, and z-direction, as well as angulation of the transducers 700. The ultrasonic beam 795 has substantially zero angulation.
FIG. 7F shows an expanded view of the positioning system 790 and the ultrasonic transducers 700 with inferior angulation of the ultrasonic beam 795.
FIG. 7G shows a magnification view of the positioning system 790 and the ultrasonic transducers 700 with superior angulation of the ultrasonic beam 795.
FIG. 8A is a front view of another embodiment of the invention where the transducer 800 is moved along an x, y- positioner 810 using electromagnetic forces rather than using a mechanical or electro-mechanical x, y-positioner.
FIG. 8B shows a side view of the transducer 800 and the electromagnetic x, y-positioner 810. The transducer 800 is brought in contact with the heel (not shown) using a z-positioner member 820 that is moved in and out of frame 830.
FIG. 8C shows a modification of the embodiment present in FIG. 8B. The sides of the transducer- 800 are--isolated from the electromagnetic x; y-positioner 810 -.
using a flexible or movable electromagnetic insulator 840.
FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B show a tissue interrogated by an ultrasonic transducer (940; T) that transmits to an ultrasonic receiver (950; R) (or detector) at different transmission angles and with different axes of transmission. The axis of transmission is shown as a (or ~3) and has a transmission path from T to R.
FIG. 9C and FIG. 9D show the same tissue as FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B in a different physiological state that changes the dimensions of the tissue and its underlying structure. The tissue is interrogated by an ultrasonic transducer (940; T) that transmits to an ultrasonic receiver (950; R) (or detector) at different transmission angles and with
FIG. 7D shows the ultrasonic transducers 700 attached to a positioning system 790 that affords movement of the transducers in x, y-, and z-direction, as well as angulation of the transducers 700 and the resultant ultrasonic transmission axis 780.
The angulation position of the transducers 700 and the ultrasonic transmission axis 780 is substantially different from zero.
FIG. 7E shows an expanded view of the embodiment presented in FIGS. 7A-D.
The ultrasonic transducer 700 is attached to a positioning system 790 that affords movement of the transducers in x, y-, and z-direction, as well as angulation of the transducers 700. The ultrasonic beam 795 has substantially zero angulation.
FIG. 7F shows an expanded view of the positioning system 790 and the ultrasonic transducers 700 with inferior angulation of the ultrasonic beam 795.
FIG. 7G shows a magnification view of the positioning system 790 and the ultrasonic transducers 700 with superior angulation of the ultrasonic beam 795.
FIG. 8A is a front view of another embodiment of the invention where the transducer 800 is moved along an x, y- positioner 810 using electromagnetic forces rather than using a mechanical or electro-mechanical x, y-positioner.
FIG. 8B shows a side view of the transducer 800 and the electromagnetic x, y-positioner 810. The transducer 800 is brought in contact with the heel (not shown) using a z-positioner member 820 that is moved in and out of frame 830.
FIG. 8C shows a modification of the embodiment present in FIG. 8B. The sides of the transducer- 800 are--isolated from the electromagnetic x; y-positioner 810 -.
using a flexible or movable electromagnetic insulator 840.
FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B show a tissue interrogated by an ultrasonic transducer (940; T) that transmits to an ultrasonic receiver (950; R) (or detector) at different transmission angles and with different axes of transmission. The axis of transmission is shown as a (or ~3) and has a transmission path from T to R.
FIG. 9C and FIG. 9D show the same tissue as FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B in a different physiological state that changes the dimensions of the tissue and its underlying structure. The tissue is interrogated by an ultrasonic transducer (940; T) that transmits to an ultrasonic receiver (950; R) (or detector) at different transmission angles and with
17 different axes of transmission as in FIG. 9C and FIG. 9D. The axis of transmission is shown as a (or (3) and has a transmission path from T to R.
FIG. 9E shows received signals in such tissue in different physiological states and at different transmission angles.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
1.0 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
ABBREVIATIONS include broadband ultrasonic attenuation (BUA) and speed of sound (S()S).
Acoustic communication refers to the passage of ultrasonic waves between two points in a predetermined manner. Usually, this is accomplished by selecting a desired pathway between the two points that permits the passage of ultrasonic waves either directly or indirectly. Direct passage of ultrasonic waves would occur, for instance, when an ultrasonic crystal is directly disposed to (usually touching) an acoustic coupling material, such as a composite. Indirect passage of ultrasonic waves would occur, for instance, when an ultrasonic crystal is located at a predetermined distance from an acoustic coupling material or when a number of acoustic coupling materials, often heterogenous materials, form two or more layers.
Acoustic coupler refers to a connection or plurality of connections between an ultrasonic crystal and a substance that reflects or passes ultrasonic pulses and is not part of the device or object being interrogated. The acoustic coupler will permit passage of ultrasonic waves. It is desirable for such couplers to minimize attenuation of ultrasonic pulses or signals artd-to minimize changes in the physical properties-of an ultrasonic wave, such as wave amplitude, frequency, shape and wavelength. Typically, an ultrasonic coupler will either comprise a gel or other substantially soft material, such as a pliable polymer matrix, that can transmit ultrasonic pulses. Alternatively, an ultrasonic coupler can be a substantially solid material, such as a polymer matrix, that can transmit ultrasonic pulses. An ultrasonic coupler is usually selected based on its acoustic impedance match between the object being interrogated and the ultrasonic crystal(s). If a reflective surface is desired, for instance as a spatial marker, a larger impedance difference is selected compared to situations where it is advantageous to minimize a reflective surface to avoid a sharp reflective surface.
WO 99/45845 PC'T/US99/05234
FIG. 9E shows received signals in such tissue in different physiological states and at different transmission angles.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
1.0 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
ABBREVIATIONS include broadband ultrasonic attenuation (BUA) and speed of sound (S()S).
Acoustic communication refers to the passage of ultrasonic waves between two points in a predetermined manner. Usually, this is accomplished by selecting a desired pathway between the two points that permits the passage of ultrasonic waves either directly or indirectly. Direct passage of ultrasonic waves would occur, for instance, when an ultrasonic crystal is directly disposed to (usually touching) an acoustic coupling material, such as a composite. Indirect passage of ultrasonic waves would occur, for instance, when an ultrasonic crystal is located at a predetermined distance from an acoustic coupling material or when a number of acoustic coupling materials, often heterogenous materials, form two or more layers.
Acoustic coupler refers to a connection or plurality of connections between an ultrasonic crystal and a substance that reflects or passes ultrasonic pulses and is not part of the device or object being interrogated. The acoustic coupler will permit passage of ultrasonic waves. It is desirable for such couplers to minimize attenuation of ultrasonic pulses or signals artd-to minimize changes in the physical properties-of an ultrasonic wave, such as wave amplitude, frequency, shape and wavelength. Typically, an ultrasonic coupler will either comprise a gel or other substantially soft material, such as a pliable polymer matrix, that can transmit ultrasonic pulses. Alternatively, an ultrasonic coupler can be a substantially solid material, such as a polymer matrix, that can transmit ultrasonic pulses. An ultrasonic coupler is usually selected based on its acoustic impedance match between the object being interrogated and the ultrasonic crystal(s). If a reflective surface is desired, for instance as a spatial marker, a larger impedance difference is selected compared to situations where it is advantageous to minimize a reflective surface to avoid a sharp reflective surface.
WO 99/45845 PC'T/US99/05234
18 Acoustic coupling material is a material that passes ultrasonic waves, usually from a probe to a subject or tissue to be interrogated. It is usually not a living material and is most often a polymer or gel or acoustic coupler.
Acoustic mirror refers to a device that can reflect an ultrasonic wave and redirect the ultrasonic wave in a predetermined manner. If the original ultrasonic waves are transmitted at an angle a, which is measured relative to the surface of the plane of the acoustic minor, the reflected ultrasonic waves can be oriented at an angle a' = 180 - a relative to the plane of the acoustic mirror. An acoustic mirrors) can be used in an ultrasonic system to vary the transmission angle.
Anatomical region refers to a site on the surface of the skin, tumor, organ or other definable biomass that can be identified by an anatomical features) or location.
Anatomical region can include the biomass underlying the surface. Usually, such a region will be definable according to standard medical reference methodology, such as that found in Williams et al., Gray's Anatomy, 1980.
BUA means broadband ultrasonic attenuation and when measured a BUA value is expressed as dB/MHz. Note that actual attenuation of broadband ultrasonic waves increases as soft tissue thickness increases, while BUA values (dB/MbIz) decrease as soft tissue thickness increases. This distinction is often not recognized in the literature, which leads to misleading or potentially misleading conclusions about the effect of soft tissue on actual attenuation of broadband ultrasonic waves and BUA values.
A - scan refers to an ultrasonic technique where an ultrasonic source transmits an ultrasonic wave into an object, such as a patient's body, and the amplitude of the returning echoes (signals) are recorded as a function of time. Structures thaf lie along the direction of propagation are interrogated. As echoes return from interfaces within the object or tissue, the transducer crystal produces a voltage that is proportional to the echo intensity. The sequence of signal acquisition and processing of A - scan data in a modern ultrasonic instrument usually occurs in six major steps:
Detection of the echo (signal) occurs via mechanical deformation of the piezoelectric crystal and is converted to an electric signal having a small voltage.
Preamplification of the electronic signal from the crystal, into a more useful range of voltages is usually necessary to ensure appropriate signal processing.
WO 99/45845 PC'T/US99/05234
Acoustic mirror refers to a device that can reflect an ultrasonic wave and redirect the ultrasonic wave in a predetermined manner. If the original ultrasonic waves are transmitted at an angle a, which is measured relative to the surface of the plane of the acoustic minor, the reflected ultrasonic waves can be oriented at an angle a' = 180 - a relative to the plane of the acoustic mirror. An acoustic mirrors) can be used in an ultrasonic system to vary the transmission angle.
Anatomical region refers to a site on the surface of the skin, tumor, organ or other definable biomass that can be identified by an anatomical features) or location.
Anatomical region can include the biomass underlying the surface. Usually, such a region will be definable according to standard medical reference methodology, such as that found in Williams et al., Gray's Anatomy, 1980.
BUA means broadband ultrasonic attenuation and when measured a BUA value is expressed as dB/MHz. Note that actual attenuation of broadband ultrasonic waves increases as soft tissue thickness increases, while BUA values (dB/MbIz) decrease as soft tissue thickness increases. This distinction is often not recognized in the literature, which leads to misleading or potentially misleading conclusions about the effect of soft tissue on actual attenuation of broadband ultrasonic waves and BUA values.
A - scan refers to an ultrasonic technique where an ultrasonic source transmits an ultrasonic wave into an object, such as a patient's body, and the amplitude of the returning echoes (signals) are recorded as a function of time. Structures thaf lie along the direction of propagation are interrogated. As echoes return from interfaces within the object or tissue, the transducer crystal produces a voltage that is proportional to the echo intensity. The sequence of signal acquisition and processing of A - scan data in a modern ultrasonic instrument usually occurs in six major steps:
Detection of the echo (signal) occurs via mechanical deformation of the piezoelectric crystal and is converted to an electric signal having a small voltage.
Preamplification of the electronic signal from the crystal, into a more useful range of voltages is usually necessary to ensure appropriate signal processing.
WO 99/45845 PC'T/US99/05234
19 Time Gain Compensation compensates for the attenuation of the ultrasonic signal with time, which arises from travel distance. Time gain compensation may be user-adjustable and may be changed to meet the needs of the specific application. Usually, the ideal time gain compensation curve corrects the signal for the depth of the reflective boundary. Time gain compensation works by increasing the amplification factor of the signal as a function of time after the ultrasonic pulse has been emitted. Thus, reflective boundaries having equal abilities to reflect ultrasonic waves will have equal ultrasonic signals, regardless of the depth of the boundary.
Compression of the time compensated signal can be accomplished using logarithmic amplification to reduce the large dynamic range (range of smallest to largest signals) of the echo amplitudes. Small signals are made larger and large signals are made smaller. This step provides a convenient scale for display of the amplitude variations on the limited gray scale range of a monitor.
1 S Rectification, demodulation and envelope detection of the high frequency electronic signal permits the sampling and digitization of the echo amplitude free of variations induced by the sinusoidal nature of the waveform.
Rejection level adjustment sets the threshold of signal amplitudes that are permitted to enter a data storage, processing or display system. Rejection of lower signal amplitudes reduces noise levels from scattered ultrasonic signals.
B - scan refers to an ultrasonic technique where the amplitude of the detected returning echo is recorded as a function of the transmission time, the relative location of - - - -- the detector in the probe and the signal amplitude. This is often represented by the brightness of a visual element, such as a pixel, in a two-dimensional image.
The position of the pixel along the y-axis represents the depth, i.e. half the time for the echo to return to the transducer (for one half of the distance traveled). The position along the x-axis represents the location of the returning echoes relative to the long axis of the transducer, i.e. the location of the pixel either in a superoinferior or mediolateral direction or a combination of both. The display of multiple adjacent scan lines creates a composite two-dimensional image that portrays the general contour of internal organs.
Chip refers to any current and future electronic hardware device that can be used in a computational unit and can be used as an aid in controlling the components of an ultrasonic unit including: 1 ) timing and synchronizing trigger pulses and subsequent transmission of ultrasonic waves, 2) measuring and analyzing incoming ultrasonic signals, 3) comparing data to predetermined standards and data cut-offs (e.g.
electronic filtering), and 4) perfonming multiple other simple and complex calculations.
Typically, a chip is silicon-based, micro-electronic circuit.
5 Computational unit refers to any current or future hardware, software (e.g.
computer program), chip or other device used for calculations or for providing instructions now developed or developed in the future or combination thereof.
The computational unit may be used for controlling the ultrasonic generator or source, for defining or varying the firing rate and pulse repetition rate (as well as other parameters 10 related to the ultrasonic generator or source), for measuring a reflected signal, for image reconstruction in B-scan mode and for filtering and thresholding of the ultrasonic signal.
Other applications of the computational unit to the methods and devices described herein will be recognized by those skilled in the art. The computational unit may be used for any other application related to this technology that may be facilitated with use 15 of computer software or hardware. The computational unit may comprise a computer program product with instructions to control the ultrasonic system. Such computer program products may be stored in storage devices, such as hard drives, floppy discs, electronic storage devices or any other storage device capable of reliable storage and retrieval of information (including electronic signals).
Compression of the time compensated signal can be accomplished using logarithmic amplification to reduce the large dynamic range (range of smallest to largest signals) of the echo amplitudes. Small signals are made larger and large signals are made smaller. This step provides a convenient scale for display of the amplitude variations on the limited gray scale range of a monitor.
1 S Rectification, demodulation and envelope detection of the high frequency electronic signal permits the sampling and digitization of the echo amplitude free of variations induced by the sinusoidal nature of the waveform.
Rejection level adjustment sets the threshold of signal amplitudes that are permitted to enter a data storage, processing or display system. Rejection of lower signal amplitudes reduces noise levels from scattered ultrasonic signals.
B - scan refers to an ultrasonic technique where the amplitude of the detected returning echo is recorded as a function of the transmission time, the relative location of - - - -- the detector in the probe and the signal amplitude. This is often represented by the brightness of a visual element, such as a pixel, in a two-dimensional image.
The position of the pixel along the y-axis represents the depth, i.e. half the time for the echo to return to the transducer (for one half of the distance traveled). The position along the x-axis represents the location of the returning echoes relative to the long axis of the transducer, i.e. the location of the pixel either in a superoinferior or mediolateral direction or a combination of both. The display of multiple adjacent scan lines creates a composite two-dimensional image that portrays the general contour of internal organs.
Chip refers to any current and future electronic hardware device that can be used in a computational unit and can be used as an aid in controlling the components of an ultrasonic unit including: 1 ) timing and synchronizing trigger pulses and subsequent transmission of ultrasonic waves, 2) measuring and analyzing incoming ultrasonic signals, 3) comparing data to predetermined standards and data cut-offs (e.g.
electronic filtering), and 4) perfonming multiple other simple and complex calculations.
Typically, a chip is silicon-based, micro-electronic circuit.
5 Computational unit refers to any current or future hardware, software (e.g.
computer program), chip or other device used for calculations or for providing instructions now developed or developed in the future or combination thereof.
The computational unit may be used for controlling the ultrasonic generator or source, for defining or varying the firing rate and pulse repetition rate (as well as other parameters 10 related to the ultrasonic generator or source), for measuring a reflected signal, for image reconstruction in B-scan mode and for filtering and thresholding of the ultrasonic signal.
Other applications of the computational unit to the methods and devices described herein will be recognized by those skilled in the art. The computational unit may be used for any other application related to this technology that may be facilitated with use 15 of computer software or hardware. The computational unit may comprise a computer program product with instructions to control the ultrasonic system. Such computer program products may be stored in storage devices, such as hard drives, floppy discs, electronic storage devices or any other storage device capable of reliable storage and retrieval of information (including electronic signals).
20 Crystal refers to the material used in the ultrasonic transducer to transmit ultrasonic waves and includes any current and future material used for this purpose.
Crystals typically consist of lead zirconate titanate, barium lead titanate, lead metaniobate; lithium sulfate and polyvinylidene fluoride or a combination thereof. A -crystal is typically a piezoelectric material, but any material that will contract and expand when an external voltage is applied can be used, if such a material can generate ultrasonic waves described herein and known in the art. Crystals emit ultrasonic waves because the rapid mechanical contraction and expansion of the material moves the medium to generate ultrasonic waves. Conversely, when incoming ultrasonic waves deform the crystal, a current is induced in the material. The material then emits an electrical discharge that can be measured and, ultimately, with B-scan technology, can be used to reconstruct an image. Crystals or combinations of crystals with dipoles that approximate the acoustic impedance of human tissue are preferred, so as to reduce the impedance mismatch at the tissue/probe interface.
Crystals typically consist of lead zirconate titanate, barium lead titanate, lead metaniobate; lithium sulfate and polyvinylidene fluoride or a combination thereof. A -crystal is typically a piezoelectric material, but any material that will contract and expand when an external voltage is applied can be used, if such a material can generate ultrasonic waves described herein and known in the art. Crystals emit ultrasonic waves because the rapid mechanical contraction and expansion of the material moves the medium to generate ultrasonic waves. Conversely, when incoming ultrasonic waves deform the crystal, a current is induced in the material. The material then emits an electrical discharge that can be measured and, ultimately, with B-scan technology, can be used to reconstruct an image. Crystals or combinations of crystals with dipoles that approximate the acoustic impedance of human tissue are preferred, so as to reduce the impedance mismatch at the tissue/probe interface.
21 Detector refers to any structure capable of measuring an ultrasonic wave or pulse, currently known or developed in the future. Crystals containing dipoles are typically used to measure ultrasonic waves. Crystals, such as piezoelectric crystals, shift in dipole orientation in response to an applied electric current. If the applied electric current fluctuates, the crystals vibrate to cause an ultrasonic wave in a medium.
Conversely, crystals vibrate in response to an ultrasonic wave that mechanically deforms the crystals, which changes dipole alignment within the crystal. This, in turn, changes the charge distribution to generate an electric current across a crystal's surface.
Electrodes connected to electronic circuitry sense a potential difference across the crystal in relation to the incident mechanical pressure. A transducer can be a detector.
Echogenicity refers to the brightness of a tissue in an ultrasonic image relative to the adjacent tissues, typically on a B-scan image. Echogenicity is dependent on the amount of ultrasonic waves reflected by the tissue. Certain tissues are more echogenic than other tissues. Fatty tissue, for example, is more echogenic than muscle tissue. For identical imaging parameters, fatty tissue will thus appear brighter than muscle tissue.
Consequently, image brightness can be used to identify different tissues.
Edema refers to a pathologic accumulation of fluid within or between body tissues. Edema fluid can accumulate in the interstitial space (e.g., in an extracellular location) between tissue cells thereby expanding the interstitial space. Edema fluid can also accumulate within the cells.
Frame time, when used in the context of positioning an ultrasonic source, refers to the time that is required to move an ultrasonic source from a first to a second position (or other additional positions) and back using a mechanical motor or-other current and future devices. Frame time typically ranges from 10 ms to 2,000 ms.
Linear array refers to a transducer design where the crystals are arranged in a linear fashion along one or more axes. Crystals can be fired in sequential, as well as non-sequential and simultaneous firing patterns or a combination thereof. With sequential firing, each crystal can produce an ultrasonic beam and receive a returning echo for data collection. The number of crystals in one array usually determines the number of lines of sight for each recording. With segmental firing, a group or segment of crystals can be activated simultaneously resulting in a deeper near field and a less divergent far field compared with sequential activation. A segmental linear array
Conversely, crystals vibrate in response to an ultrasonic wave that mechanically deforms the crystals, which changes dipole alignment within the crystal. This, in turn, changes the charge distribution to generate an electric current across a crystal's surface.
Electrodes connected to electronic circuitry sense a potential difference across the crystal in relation to the incident mechanical pressure. A transducer can be a detector.
Echogenicity refers to the brightness of a tissue in an ultrasonic image relative to the adjacent tissues, typically on a B-scan image. Echogenicity is dependent on the amount of ultrasonic waves reflected by the tissue. Certain tissues are more echogenic than other tissues. Fatty tissue, for example, is more echogenic than muscle tissue. For identical imaging parameters, fatty tissue will thus appear brighter than muscle tissue.
Consequently, image brightness can be used to identify different tissues.
Edema refers to a pathologic accumulation of fluid within or between body tissues. Edema fluid can accumulate in the interstitial space (e.g., in an extracellular location) between tissue cells thereby expanding the interstitial space. Edema fluid can also accumulate within the cells.
Frame time, when used in the context of positioning an ultrasonic source, refers to the time that is required to move an ultrasonic source from a first to a second position (or other additional positions) and back using a mechanical motor or-other current and future devices. Frame time typically ranges from 10 ms to 2,000 ms.
Linear array refers to a transducer design where the crystals are arranged in a linear fashion along one or more axes. Crystals can be fired in sequential, as well as non-sequential and simultaneous firing patterns or a combination thereof. With sequential firing, each crystal can produce an ultrasonic beam and receive a returning echo for data collection. The number of crystals in one array usually determines the number of lines of sight for each recording. With segmental firing, a group or segment of crystals can be activated simultaneously resulting in a deeper near field and a less divergent far field compared with sequential activation. A segmental linear array
22 produces, however, a smaller number of lines of sight when compared to a sequential linear array with the same number of crystals.
Mechanically connected refers to a connection between two or more mechanical components, such as an ultrasonic source having at least two transmission positions. A
mechanical connection between two transmission positions may be accomplished using a mechanical motor to rotate or move an ultrasonic source. Optionally, the ultrasonic source can be rotated or moved on a track to vary the transmission angle.
Mechanical motor refers to any device that can move a device, such as the ultrasonic source, from at least a first to a second position and, if desired, to additional positions. A mechanical motor may employ a spring-like mechanism to move the ultrasonic source from said first to said second position. A mechanical motor may also employ a hydraulic, a magnetic, an electromagnetic mechanism or any other current and future mechanism that is capable of moving the ultrasonic source from a first to a second position.
Programmed mechanical motor refers to any motor controlled by a program, such as a program in a chip or computer. Such motors include mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices to move an ultrasonic source from a first to a second position, and if desired to additional positions. The program usually defines the frame time that the mechanical motor moves the ultrasonic source from a first to a second position and back. If mare than two positions are used, the program can move the ultrasonic source to many different positions, as desired.
Oscillate refers to moving the ultrasonic source repetitively from a first to a second position or other additional positions and moving it back from the second position or other additional positions. Oscillating from the first to the second position and back may be achieved using a mechanical motor. Typically, transducers will be oscillated to vary the transmission angle.
Osteoporosis refers to a condition characterized by low bone mass and microarchitectural deterioration of bone tissue, with a consequent increase of bone fragility and susceptibility to fracture. Osteoporosis presents most commonly with vertebral fractures due to the decrease in bone mineral density and deterioration of structural properties of the bone. The most severe complication is hip fracture due to its high morbidity and mortality.
Mechanically connected refers to a connection between two or more mechanical components, such as an ultrasonic source having at least two transmission positions. A
mechanical connection between two transmission positions may be accomplished using a mechanical motor to rotate or move an ultrasonic source. Optionally, the ultrasonic source can be rotated or moved on a track to vary the transmission angle.
Mechanical motor refers to any device that can move a device, such as the ultrasonic source, from at least a first to a second position and, if desired, to additional positions. A mechanical motor may employ a spring-like mechanism to move the ultrasonic source from said first to said second position. A mechanical motor may also employ a hydraulic, a magnetic, an electromagnetic mechanism or any other current and future mechanism that is capable of moving the ultrasonic source from a first to a second position.
Programmed mechanical motor refers to any motor controlled by a program, such as a program in a chip or computer. Such motors include mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices to move an ultrasonic source from a first to a second position, and if desired to additional positions. The program usually defines the frame time that the mechanical motor moves the ultrasonic source from a first to a second position and back. If mare than two positions are used, the program can move the ultrasonic source to many different positions, as desired.
Oscillate refers to moving the ultrasonic source repetitively from a first to a second position or other additional positions and moving it back from the second position or other additional positions. Oscillating from the first to the second position and back may be achieved using a mechanical motor. Typically, transducers will be oscillated to vary the transmission angle.
Osteoporosis refers to a condition characterized by low bone mass and microarchitectural deterioration of bone tissue, with a consequent increase of bone fragility and susceptibility to fracture. Osteoporosis presents most commonly with vertebral fractures due to the decrease in bone mineral density and deterioration of structural properties of the bone. The most severe complication is hip fracture due to its high morbidity and mortality.
23 Plane refers to the surface of a cross-sectional area of tissue interrogated by an ultrasonic probe. In ultrasonic measurements, the portion of the tissue included in the measurement or image is more accurately referred to as a volume. The x-dimension of this volume reflects the length of the tissue plane, i.e. the length of imaged tissue. The x-dimension typically varies between 1 and 10 cm or more. The y-dimension of this volume reflects tissue depth from the plane, e.g. the distance from the skin surface to a reflection point in the tissue. Interrogation of the y-dimension (or depth of the interrogation) depends, among other things, on the type of transducer, the type of tissue, and the frequency with which the ultrasonic beam is transmitted. With higher frequencies, tissue penetration decreases and the maximum depth from the tissue plane will decrease. The y-dimension typically varies between 1 and 30 cm. The z-dimension corresponds to the width of the plane that is interrogated. It typically varies between 1 and 15-20 mm. It is understood that such dimensions are in reference to ultrasonic signals and interrogation. In addition, x, y, and z dimensions are also used with different meaning in the context of positioning probes, and devices for locating probes in different areas of an anatomical region.
Transmission angle refers to the angle of an ultrasonic beam that intersects the object or tissue plane. The transmission angle is normally measured with respect to the object or tissue plane. The object or tissue plane has a reference angle of zero degrees.
For example, as the transmission angle increases toward 90 degrees relative to the tissue plane, the ultrasonic beam approaches an orthogonal position relative to the tissue plane.
Preferably, ultrasonic measurements are performed when the ultrasonic beam is orthogonal to the plane of the tissue. It is also preferable; in some embodiments-of the invention, to vary the transmission angle in a predetermined and controllable manner in order to interrogate anatomical region as a function of a preselected transmission angle(s). Varying the transmission angle is particularly useful for ultrasonic methods used for BUA and SOS measurements. Transmission angle can be varied by changing the position of a transducer with respect to the object to be interrogated.
First position refers to a position of an ultrasonic source (or transducer) that detects or transmits an ultrasonic signal or pulse, respectively. When ultrasonic waves are reflected from different tissue interfaces, reflective distances can be measured to the first position. Typically, the first position will have a predetermined transmission angle associated with it (e.g. 90, 80, 70 or 60 degrees). Reflective distances, can be measured
Transmission angle refers to the angle of an ultrasonic beam that intersects the object or tissue plane. The transmission angle is normally measured with respect to the object or tissue plane. The object or tissue plane has a reference angle of zero degrees.
For example, as the transmission angle increases toward 90 degrees relative to the tissue plane, the ultrasonic beam approaches an orthogonal position relative to the tissue plane.
Preferably, ultrasonic measurements are performed when the ultrasonic beam is orthogonal to the plane of the tissue. It is also preferable; in some embodiments-of the invention, to vary the transmission angle in a predetermined and controllable manner in order to interrogate anatomical region as a function of a preselected transmission angle(s). Varying the transmission angle is particularly useful for ultrasonic methods used for BUA and SOS measurements. Transmission angle can be varied by changing the position of a transducer with respect to the object to be interrogated.
First position refers to a position of an ultrasonic source (or transducer) that detects or transmits an ultrasonic signal or pulse, respectively. When ultrasonic waves are reflected from different tissue interfaces, reflective distances can be measured to the first position. Typically, the first position will have a predetermined transmission angle associated with it (e.g. 90, 80, 70 or 60 degrees). Reflective distances, can be measured
24 from the first position, and include, but are not limited to, the distance between the ultrasonic source and 1) a skin/soft tissue, 2) a skin/bone or 3) a soft tissue/bone interface. BUA and SOS can also be measured at the first position and if desired compared with measurements from other positions, particularly positions that vary the transmission angle.
Second position refers to a position of an ultrasonic source (or transducer) that transmits or detects an ultrasonic pulse or signal, respectively and having either a different transmission angle from the first position or a different anatomical location than the first position. It is understood that the second position may have the same anatomical location as the first position while having a different transmission angle compared to the first position. When the ultrasonic waves are reflected at the different tissue interfaces, reflective distances can be measured to the second position. Typically, the first position will have a predetermined transmission angle associated with it (e.g.
90, 80, 70 or 60 degrees). Reflective distances, can be measured from the second position, and include, but are not limited to, the distance between the ultrasonic source and 1) a skin/soft tissue, 2) a skin/bone or 3) a soft tissue/bone interface.
BUA and SOS
can also be measured at the second position and if desired compared with measurements from other positions. In some applications it will be desirable for the first and second positions to generally have the same anatomical location while varying the transmission angle. Additional positions can be readily achieved by relocating the ultrasonic source to either vary the anatomical location of interrogation or the transmission angle.
Transmission freguency refers to the frequency of the ultrasonic wave that is being transmitted from the ultrasonic source. Transmission frequency typically ranges-- - - -between 0.2MHz and 25MHz. Higher frequencies usually provide higher spatial resolution. Tissue penetration decreases with higher frequencies. Lower transmission frequencies are generally characterized by lower spatial resolution with improved tissue penetration. Frequencies for BUA measurements typically range from 0.2MHz to 2MHz.
Ultrasonic pulse refers to any ultrasonic wave transmitted by an ultrasonic source. Typically, the pulse will have a predetermined amplitude, frequency, and wave shape. Ultrasonic pulses may range in frequency between 20kHz and 20Mhz or higher.
Ultrasonic pulses may consist of sine waves with single frequency or varying frequencies, as well as single amplitudes and varying amplitudes. In addition to sine waves, square waves or any other wave pattern may be employed. Square waves may be obtained by adding single-frequency sine waves to other sine waves. The summation of waves can then result in a square wave pattern.
Ultrasonic signal refers to any ultrasonic wave measured by an ultrasonic 5 detector after it has been reflected from the interface of an object or tissue. Ultrasonic signals may range in frequency between 20kHz and 20Mhz or higher.
Ultrasonic source refers to any structure capable of generating an ultrasonic wave or pulse, currently known or developed in the future. Crystals containing dipoles are typically used to generate an ultrasonic wave above 20 khz. Crystals, such as 10 piezoelectric crystals, that vibrate in response to an electric current applied to the crystal can be used as an ultrasonic source. In some ultrasonic generators, multiple ultrasonic sources may be arranged in a linear fashion. This arrangement of ultrasonic sources is also referred to as a linear array. With linear arrays, ultrasonic sources are typically fired sequentially, although simultaneous firing of groups of adjacent ultrasonic sources 15 or other firing patterns of individual or groups of ultrasonic sources with various time delays can be achieved as described herein or developed in the art. The time delay between individual or group firings can be used to vary the depth of the beam in an object.
Ultrasonic wave refers to either an ultrasonic signal or pulse.
2.0 INTRODUCTION
The present invention recognizes for the first time that errors arising from misplacement of interrogation sites and overlying soft tissues in ultrasonic -.
measurements (e.g. speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation) of trabecular and cortical bone can be corrected by positoning the transducers) with respect to an anatomical landmark and/or measuring the thickness of the soft tissues that are interposed in the scan beam. Previously, it was not recognized that ultrasonic measurements could be improved by compensating for positioning or that soft tissue thickness can be used to correct measured values (e.g. SOS and BUA) for errors introduced by overlying soft tissues, growth of regions (e.g. the ankle), or interindividual size differences. Nor was it recognized that changes in ankle shape or position aresoft tissue thickness is a potential source of decreased accuracy and reproducibility of SOS and BUA measurements in patients with peripheral edema undergoing diuretic or other types of medical treatment of edema with resultant fluctuations in soft tissue thickness. The present invention includes measuring soft tissue thickness using A-scan or B-scan technology in various anatomical locations used for measuring SOS and BUA. The present invention also includes applying appropriate S corrections to SOS and BUA based on ultrasonic measurements of soft tissue thickness, mass, volume or other indicator of soft tissue known or developed in the art.
In addition, interrogation artifacts in SOS and BUA measurements are particularly pronounced in patients with abnormally increased soft tissue thickness that is commonly encountered in patients suffering from peripheral edema due to cardiovascular, renal, or hepatic disorders. Previous work failed to recognize that soft tissue swelling or fluctuations in soft tissue thickness in patients with peripheral edema can affect ultrasonic probe position relative to the underlying bone or other underlying structures to be measured. The inventors were the first to recognize that changes in ultrasonic probe position relative to the underlying bone induced by local or generalized soft tissue swelling or fluctuations in soft tissue thickness can reduce short-term and long-term in vivo precision of SOS and BUA measurements. The inventors were also the first to recognize that soft tissue swelling induced changes in ultrasonic probe position relative to the underlying bone can be particularly significant in patients with edema undergoing diuretic or other types of medical treatment of edema with resultant fluctuations in soft tissue thickness.
It was also not previously recognized that changes in soft tissue thickness or local heterogeneity in soft tissue thickness may affect ultrasonic probe position relative to the tissue/structure to be measured in any medical and non-medical ultrasonic applications. The present invention overcomes these limitations by providing devices and methods to correct for changes in tissue structure. The invention also includes methods and devices based on the identification of anatomic landmarks of the structure to be measured or ultrasonic identification of anatomical landmarks adjacent to the structure to be measured with subsequent positioning of the ultrasonic probes relative to these anatomic landmarks. The present invention includes also positioning of ultrasonic probes using landmarks based on either 1) textural information (e.g. density, SOS, BUA
or reflective distance or a combination thereof), or 2) 2 or 3 dimensional contour information 3) a combination thereof of the tissue or structure to be measured and of tissues or structures adjacent to the measurement site. The invention also includes methods and devices that are not necessarily based solely on anatomical landmarks, but in some applications can be combined with anatomical landmark embodiments.
Preferably, many of the embodiments described herein are designed for automated use with a minimum of operator intervention and preferably with remote or computer control of such devices.
Without limiting aspects of the invention to a particular mechanism of action, the inventors believe that the poor correlations between quantitative ultrasonic techniques and other methods for assessing bone mineral density are often caused by variations in the position of the interrogated bone with respect to the ultrasonic transducers. Sources of such interrogation artifacts include variations in the thickness of the posterior or inferior heel pads that can, in turn, change the position of the calcaneus relative to the ultrasonic transducers. The angle of the tissue with respect to the ultrasonic transducer can also vary even if the transducer is reproducibly located at an interrogation site, which is another potential source of inaccuracy for BUA
and SOS
measurements. In all cases, differences in the amount of soft tissue interposed in the ultrasonic beam path can ultimately change the speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation.
Without limiting aspects of the invention to a particular mechanism of action, the inventors also believe that the poor correlations between quantitative ultrasonic techniques and other methods for assessing bone mineral density are often caused by variations in the soft tissue overlying the interrogated bone of the ankle.
Sources of such interrogation artifacts include variations in the thickness of the interstitial layers, muscle layers, and edema layers, and changes in the water content-of the ankle that can, in turn, change the basic ultrasonic properties of the ankle relative to the absence or alteration of such biological conditions. In all cases, differences in the amount of soft tissue (or other mass of lighter density than dense bone) interposed in the ultrasonic beam path can ultimately change the speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation. The inventors were the first to recognize that changes in soft tissue induced by local or generalized soft tissue swelling or fluctuations in soft tissue thickness can reduce short-term and long-term in vivo precision of SOS and BUA measurements, as well as other ultrasonic measurements.
The present invention also recognizes for the first time that errors arising from heterogenous tissue structure in ultrasonic measurements of speed of sound and WO 99/45845 PC'T/US99/05234 broadband ultrasonic attenuation of trabecular and cortical bone can be reduced or corrected by measuring ultrasonic properties of a tissue (e.g. amplitude response as a function of frequency, BUA or SOS) at different transmission angles.
Previously, it was not recognized that ultrasonic measurements at predetermined transmission angles can be used to correct measured SOS and BUA values for errors introduced by overlying soft tissues. Nor was it recognized that tissue heterogeneity is a potential source of decreased accuracy and reproducibility of SOS and BUA measurements in patients with peripheral edema undergoing diuretic or other types of medical treatment of edema with resultant fluctuations in tissue heterogeneity. The present invention includes measuring ultrasonic properties of tissues (e.g. BUA and SOS) using various transmission angles to reduce artifacts imposed by variations in tissue structure that can affect such measurements. The present invention also includes applying appropriate corrections to SOS and BUA based on ultrasonic measurements at predetermined, multiple transmission angles.
Without limiting aspects of the invention to a particular mechanism of action, the inventors also believe that the poor correlations between quantitative ultrasonic techniques and other methods for assessing bone mineral density are often caused by structural variations in the interrogated tissue (including the interrogated bone) with respect to the position of the ultrasonic transducers. Sources of such interrogation artifacts include variations in the thickness of the posterior or inferior heel pads, variations in water content, variations in extracellular matrix density or content (e.g.
protein), variations in soft-tissue organization, variations in cortical bone density or structure; and variations in trabecular-bone density or structure. Such variations in .- - _. -tissue structure can affect transmission of ultrasonic waves or pulses from the transmitter to the detector in other tissues as well. Ultrasonic measurements of the tissue can also vary even if the transducer is reproducibly located at an interrogation site because ultrasonic transmission through the tissue's structure may change as a function of position or transmission angle. In all cases, differences in the tissue structures interposed in the ultrasonic beam path can ultimately change the speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation as well as other ultrasonic properties.
In addition, interrogation artifacts in SOS and BUA measurements are particularly pronounced in patients with abnormally increased soft tissue thickness that is commonly encountered in patients suffering from peripheral edema due to cardiovascular, renal, or hepatic disorders. Previous work failed to recognize that soft tissue swelling or fluctuations in soft tissue thickness in patients with peripheral edema changes, not only the thickness, but the acoustic properties of the interrogated tissue.
The inventors were the first to recognize that changes in ultrasonic properties of interrogated tissue induced by local or generalized soft tissue swelling or fluctuations in soft tissue physiology can reduce short-term and long-term in vivo precision of SOS and BUA measurements. The inventors were also the first to recognize that soft tissue swelling induced changes in ultrasonic properties of interrogated tissue overlying bone can be particularly significant in patients with edema undergoing diuretic or other types of medical treatment of edema with resultant fluctuations in soft tissue physiology or homeostasis.
FIG. 9A through FIG. 9D illustrate tissue structure variations that can lead to acoustic variations in ultrasonic measurements due to changes in the interrogation path.
Three types of tissue structure variations are present in such figures: 1) soft tissue structure heterogeneity (as shown FIG. 9A through FIG. 9D), 2) dense tissue heterogeneity (compare for example FIG. 9A with FIG. 9C) and 3) tissue structure variations due to changes in the physiology of the tissue (compare FIG. 9A
with FIG.
9C).
FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B show a tissue interrogated by an ultrasonic transducer (940; T) that transmits to an ultrasonic receiver (950; R) (or detector) at different transmission angles and with different axes of transmission. The axis of transmission is shown as a (or (3) and has a transmission path from T to R. The transmission path passes through- the tissue comprising skin (900), soft tissue (represented as white), locations of organized biomaterial (910) with acoustic properties different from that of the extracellular fluid in the soft tissue (e.g. differences in echogenicity, scatter, SOS, BUA, or reflection), amorphous, insoluble biomaterial deposits (920) with acoustic properties different from that of the extracellular fluid in the soft tissue (e.g. differences in echogenicity, scatter, SOS, BUA, or reflection), and dense tissue (930) with acoustic properties different from that of the extracellular fluid in the soft tissue.
Comparison of the transmission paths of FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B shows that the transmission path traverses tissue structures with different acoustic properties. Hence, the ultrasonic measurements, such as the BUA or SOS, will not be the same depending on the transmission path, which can be changed by either varying the transmission angle or the axis of transmission in an anatomical region.
In addition, the transmission path from R to T traverses tissue structures with different acoustic properties in a spatial or time order that is different from the 5 transmission path from T to R. Hence, the ultrasonic measurements, such as the BUA
or SOS, will not be the same depending on the direction of the transmission path, which can be changed by either varying the direction of transmission in an anatomical region from T to R or from R to T.
FIG. 9C and FIG. 9D show the same tissue as FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B in a 10 different physiological state that changes the dimensions of the tissue and its underlying structure. The tissue is interrogated by an ultrasonic transducer (940; T) that transmits to an ultrasonic receiver (950; R) (or detector) at different transmission angles and with different axes of transmission as in FIG. 9C and FIG. 9D. The axis of transmission is shown as a (or (3) and has a transmission path from T to R. The transmission path 15 passes through the tissue comprising skin (900), soft tissue (represented as white), locations of organized biomaterial (910) with acoustic properties different from that of the extracellular fluid in the soft tissue (e.g. differences in echogenicity, scatter, SOS, BUA, or reflection), amorphous, insoluble biomaterial deposits (920) with acoustic properties different from that of the extracellular fluid in the soft tissue (e.g. differences 20 in echogenicity, scatter, SOS, BUA, or reflection}, and dense tissue (930) with acoustic properties different from that of the extracellular fluid in the soft tissue.
Comparison of the transmission paths of FIG. 9A and FIG. 9C shows that the transmission path - traverses tissue structures with different acoustic properties due to the different - -- ---physiological states in the tissue at different times. Hence, the ultrasonic measurements,
Second position refers to a position of an ultrasonic source (or transducer) that transmits or detects an ultrasonic pulse or signal, respectively and having either a different transmission angle from the first position or a different anatomical location than the first position. It is understood that the second position may have the same anatomical location as the first position while having a different transmission angle compared to the first position. When the ultrasonic waves are reflected at the different tissue interfaces, reflective distances can be measured to the second position. Typically, the first position will have a predetermined transmission angle associated with it (e.g.
90, 80, 70 or 60 degrees). Reflective distances, can be measured from the second position, and include, but are not limited to, the distance between the ultrasonic source and 1) a skin/soft tissue, 2) a skin/bone or 3) a soft tissue/bone interface.
BUA and SOS
can also be measured at the second position and if desired compared with measurements from other positions. In some applications it will be desirable for the first and second positions to generally have the same anatomical location while varying the transmission angle. Additional positions can be readily achieved by relocating the ultrasonic source to either vary the anatomical location of interrogation or the transmission angle.
Transmission freguency refers to the frequency of the ultrasonic wave that is being transmitted from the ultrasonic source. Transmission frequency typically ranges-- - - -between 0.2MHz and 25MHz. Higher frequencies usually provide higher spatial resolution. Tissue penetration decreases with higher frequencies. Lower transmission frequencies are generally characterized by lower spatial resolution with improved tissue penetration. Frequencies for BUA measurements typically range from 0.2MHz to 2MHz.
Ultrasonic pulse refers to any ultrasonic wave transmitted by an ultrasonic source. Typically, the pulse will have a predetermined amplitude, frequency, and wave shape. Ultrasonic pulses may range in frequency between 20kHz and 20Mhz or higher.
Ultrasonic pulses may consist of sine waves with single frequency or varying frequencies, as well as single amplitudes and varying amplitudes. In addition to sine waves, square waves or any other wave pattern may be employed. Square waves may be obtained by adding single-frequency sine waves to other sine waves. The summation of waves can then result in a square wave pattern.
Ultrasonic signal refers to any ultrasonic wave measured by an ultrasonic 5 detector after it has been reflected from the interface of an object or tissue. Ultrasonic signals may range in frequency between 20kHz and 20Mhz or higher.
Ultrasonic source refers to any structure capable of generating an ultrasonic wave or pulse, currently known or developed in the future. Crystals containing dipoles are typically used to generate an ultrasonic wave above 20 khz. Crystals, such as 10 piezoelectric crystals, that vibrate in response to an electric current applied to the crystal can be used as an ultrasonic source. In some ultrasonic generators, multiple ultrasonic sources may be arranged in a linear fashion. This arrangement of ultrasonic sources is also referred to as a linear array. With linear arrays, ultrasonic sources are typically fired sequentially, although simultaneous firing of groups of adjacent ultrasonic sources 15 or other firing patterns of individual or groups of ultrasonic sources with various time delays can be achieved as described herein or developed in the art. The time delay between individual or group firings can be used to vary the depth of the beam in an object.
Ultrasonic wave refers to either an ultrasonic signal or pulse.
2.0 INTRODUCTION
The present invention recognizes for the first time that errors arising from misplacement of interrogation sites and overlying soft tissues in ultrasonic -.
measurements (e.g. speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation) of trabecular and cortical bone can be corrected by positoning the transducers) with respect to an anatomical landmark and/or measuring the thickness of the soft tissues that are interposed in the scan beam. Previously, it was not recognized that ultrasonic measurements could be improved by compensating for positioning or that soft tissue thickness can be used to correct measured values (e.g. SOS and BUA) for errors introduced by overlying soft tissues, growth of regions (e.g. the ankle), or interindividual size differences. Nor was it recognized that changes in ankle shape or position aresoft tissue thickness is a potential source of decreased accuracy and reproducibility of SOS and BUA measurements in patients with peripheral edema undergoing diuretic or other types of medical treatment of edema with resultant fluctuations in soft tissue thickness. The present invention includes measuring soft tissue thickness using A-scan or B-scan technology in various anatomical locations used for measuring SOS and BUA. The present invention also includes applying appropriate S corrections to SOS and BUA based on ultrasonic measurements of soft tissue thickness, mass, volume or other indicator of soft tissue known or developed in the art.
In addition, interrogation artifacts in SOS and BUA measurements are particularly pronounced in patients with abnormally increased soft tissue thickness that is commonly encountered in patients suffering from peripheral edema due to cardiovascular, renal, or hepatic disorders. Previous work failed to recognize that soft tissue swelling or fluctuations in soft tissue thickness in patients with peripheral edema can affect ultrasonic probe position relative to the underlying bone or other underlying structures to be measured. The inventors were the first to recognize that changes in ultrasonic probe position relative to the underlying bone induced by local or generalized soft tissue swelling or fluctuations in soft tissue thickness can reduce short-term and long-term in vivo precision of SOS and BUA measurements. The inventors were also the first to recognize that soft tissue swelling induced changes in ultrasonic probe position relative to the underlying bone can be particularly significant in patients with edema undergoing diuretic or other types of medical treatment of edema with resultant fluctuations in soft tissue thickness.
It was also not previously recognized that changes in soft tissue thickness or local heterogeneity in soft tissue thickness may affect ultrasonic probe position relative to the tissue/structure to be measured in any medical and non-medical ultrasonic applications. The present invention overcomes these limitations by providing devices and methods to correct for changes in tissue structure. The invention also includes methods and devices based on the identification of anatomic landmarks of the structure to be measured or ultrasonic identification of anatomical landmarks adjacent to the structure to be measured with subsequent positioning of the ultrasonic probes relative to these anatomic landmarks. The present invention includes also positioning of ultrasonic probes using landmarks based on either 1) textural information (e.g. density, SOS, BUA
or reflective distance or a combination thereof), or 2) 2 or 3 dimensional contour information 3) a combination thereof of the tissue or structure to be measured and of tissues or structures adjacent to the measurement site. The invention also includes methods and devices that are not necessarily based solely on anatomical landmarks, but in some applications can be combined with anatomical landmark embodiments.
Preferably, many of the embodiments described herein are designed for automated use with a minimum of operator intervention and preferably with remote or computer control of such devices.
Without limiting aspects of the invention to a particular mechanism of action, the inventors believe that the poor correlations between quantitative ultrasonic techniques and other methods for assessing bone mineral density are often caused by variations in the position of the interrogated bone with respect to the ultrasonic transducers. Sources of such interrogation artifacts include variations in the thickness of the posterior or inferior heel pads that can, in turn, change the position of the calcaneus relative to the ultrasonic transducers. The angle of the tissue with respect to the ultrasonic transducer can also vary even if the transducer is reproducibly located at an interrogation site, which is another potential source of inaccuracy for BUA
and SOS
measurements. In all cases, differences in the amount of soft tissue interposed in the ultrasonic beam path can ultimately change the speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation.
Without limiting aspects of the invention to a particular mechanism of action, the inventors also believe that the poor correlations between quantitative ultrasonic techniques and other methods for assessing bone mineral density are often caused by variations in the soft tissue overlying the interrogated bone of the ankle.
Sources of such interrogation artifacts include variations in the thickness of the interstitial layers, muscle layers, and edema layers, and changes in the water content-of the ankle that can, in turn, change the basic ultrasonic properties of the ankle relative to the absence or alteration of such biological conditions. In all cases, differences in the amount of soft tissue (or other mass of lighter density than dense bone) interposed in the ultrasonic beam path can ultimately change the speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation. The inventors were the first to recognize that changes in soft tissue induced by local or generalized soft tissue swelling or fluctuations in soft tissue thickness can reduce short-term and long-term in vivo precision of SOS and BUA measurements, as well as other ultrasonic measurements.
The present invention also recognizes for the first time that errors arising from heterogenous tissue structure in ultrasonic measurements of speed of sound and WO 99/45845 PC'T/US99/05234 broadband ultrasonic attenuation of trabecular and cortical bone can be reduced or corrected by measuring ultrasonic properties of a tissue (e.g. amplitude response as a function of frequency, BUA or SOS) at different transmission angles.
Previously, it was not recognized that ultrasonic measurements at predetermined transmission angles can be used to correct measured SOS and BUA values for errors introduced by overlying soft tissues. Nor was it recognized that tissue heterogeneity is a potential source of decreased accuracy and reproducibility of SOS and BUA measurements in patients with peripheral edema undergoing diuretic or other types of medical treatment of edema with resultant fluctuations in tissue heterogeneity. The present invention includes measuring ultrasonic properties of tissues (e.g. BUA and SOS) using various transmission angles to reduce artifacts imposed by variations in tissue structure that can affect such measurements. The present invention also includes applying appropriate corrections to SOS and BUA based on ultrasonic measurements at predetermined, multiple transmission angles.
Without limiting aspects of the invention to a particular mechanism of action, the inventors also believe that the poor correlations between quantitative ultrasonic techniques and other methods for assessing bone mineral density are often caused by structural variations in the interrogated tissue (including the interrogated bone) with respect to the position of the ultrasonic transducers. Sources of such interrogation artifacts include variations in the thickness of the posterior or inferior heel pads, variations in water content, variations in extracellular matrix density or content (e.g.
protein), variations in soft-tissue organization, variations in cortical bone density or structure; and variations in trabecular-bone density or structure. Such variations in .- - _. -tissue structure can affect transmission of ultrasonic waves or pulses from the transmitter to the detector in other tissues as well. Ultrasonic measurements of the tissue can also vary even if the transducer is reproducibly located at an interrogation site because ultrasonic transmission through the tissue's structure may change as a function of position or transmission angle. In all cases, differences in the tissue structures interposed in the ultrasonic beam path can ultimately change the speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation as well as other ultrasonic properties.
In addition, interrogation artifacts in SOS and BUA measurements are particularly pronounced in patients with abnormally increased soft tissue thickness that is commonly encountered in patients suffering from peripheral edema due to cardiovascular, renal, or hepatic disorders. Previous work failed to recognize that soft tissue swelling or fluctuations in soft tissue thickness in patients with peripheral edema changes, not only the thickness, but the acoustic properties of the interrogated tissue.
The inventors were the first to recognize that changes in ultrasonic properties of interrogated tissue induced by local or generalized soft tissue swelling or fluctuations in soft tissue physiology can reduce short-term and long-term in vivo precision of SOS and BUA measurements. The inventors were also the first to recognize that soft tissue swelling induced changes in ultrasonic properties of interrogated tissue overlying bone can be particularly significant in patients with edema undergoing diuretic or other types of medical treatment of edema with resultant fluctuations in soft tissue physiology or homeostasis.
FIG. 9A through FIG. 9D illustrate tissue structure variations that can lead to acoustic variations in ultrasonic measurements due to changes in the interrogation path.
Three types of tissue structure variations are present in such figures: 1) soft tissue structure heterogeneity (as shown FIG. 9A through FIG. 9D), 2) dense tissue heterogeneity (compare for example FIG. 9A with FIG. 9C) and 3) tissue structure variations due to changes in the physiology of the tissue (compare FIG. 9A
with FIG.
9C).
FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B show a tissue interrogated by an ultrasonic transducer (940; T) that transmits to an ultrasonic receiver (950; R) (or detector) at different transmission angles and with different axes of transmission. The axis of transmission is shown as a (or (3) and has a transmission path from T to R. The transmission path passes through- the tissue comprising skin (900), soft tissue (represented as white), locations of organized biomaterial (910) with acoustic properties different from that of the extracellular fluid in the soft tissue (e.g. differences in echogenicity, scatter, SOS, BUA, or reflection), amorphous, insoluble biomaterial deposits (920) with acoustic properties different from that of the extracellular fluid in the soft tissue (e.g. differences in echogenicity, scatter, SOS, BUA, or reflection), and dense tissue (930) with acoustic properties different from that of the extracellular fluid in the soft tissue.
Comparison of the transmission paths of FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B shows that the transmission path traverses tissue structures with different acoustic properties. Hence, the ultrasonic measurements, such as the BUA or SOS, will not be the same depending on the transmission path, which can be changed by either varying the transmission angle or the axis of transmission in an anatomical region.
In addition, the transmission path from R to T traverses tissue structures with different acoustic properties in a spatial or time order that is different from the 5 transmission path from T to R. Hence, the ultrasonic measurements, such as the BUA
or SOS, will not be the same depending on the direction of the transmission path, which can be changed by either varying the direction of transmission in an anatomical region from T to R or from R to T.
FIG. 9C and FIG. 9D show the same tissue as FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B in a 10 different physiological state that changes the dimensions of the tissue and its underlying structure. The tissue is interrogated by an ultrasonic transducer (940; T) that transmits to an ultrasonic receiver (950; R) (or detector) at different transmission angles and with different axes of transmission as in FIG. 9C and FIG. 9D. The axis of transmission is shown as a (or (3) and has a transmission path from T to R. The transmission path 15 passes through the tissue comprising skin (900), soft tissue (represented as white), locations of organized biomaterial (910) with acoustic properties different from that of the extracellular fluid in the soft tissue (e.g. differences in echogenicity, scatter, SOS, BUA, or reflection), amorphous, insoluble biomaterial deposits (920) with acoustic properties different from that of the extracellular fluid in the soft tissue (e.g. differences 20 in echogenicity, scatter, SOS, BUA, or reflection}, and dense tissue (930) with acoustic properties different from that of the extracellular fluid in the soft tissue.
Comparison of the transmission paths of FIG. 9A and FIG. 9C shows that the transmission path - traverses tissue structures with different acoustic properties due to the different - -- ---physiological states in the tissue at different times. Hence, the ultrasonic measurements,
25 such as the BUA or SOS, may not be the same depending on the physiological state of the interrogated tissue. Assessment of such differences in physiological states can be more accurately determined by either varying the transmission angle or the axis of transmission in an anatomical region. FIG. 9E shows received signals in such tissue in different physiological states and at different transmission angles.
30 By way of introduction, and not limitation of the various embodiments of the invention, the invention includes at least seven general aspects:
1 ) an ultrasonic method of measuring thickness of soft tissues interposed in the ultrasonic beam path in conjunction with measurements of speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation;
2) a method of correcting measured speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation for errors introduced by soft tissues interposed in the beam path between the ultrasonic transducers and the object to be measured;
3) an ultrasonic method that identifies anatomic landmarks of the structure to be measured and subsequently positions the ultrasonic probes over the measurement area using these anatomic landmarks;
4) an ultrasonic method that identifies anatomic landmarks adjacent to the structure to be measured and subsequently positions the ultrasonic probes) over the measurement area using these anatomic landmarks;
5) an ultrasonic method that identifies anatomic landmarks using different transmission angles;
6) an ultrasonic method that measures ampliture as a function of enerty, BUA or SOS or both using different transmission angles; and 7) devices and systems to achieve or facilitate the methods 1 through 6.
These aspects of the invention, as well as others described herein, can be achieved using the methods and devices described herein. To gain a full appreciation of the scope of the invention, it will be further recognized that various aspects of the invention can be combined to make desirable embodiments of the invention. For example, the aspects 1 and 2- of the invention can be combined with aspects 3 and/or 4 of the invention thereby improving reproducibility of measurements of SOS and BUA
even further.
3.0 AUTOMATED SYSTEM FOR POSITIONING ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCERS AND
RELATED METHODS
Ultrasonic -~vst m and ,an~mnrlr notnrtinr~' ~ctvss~c The present invention includes an ultrasonic system for ultrasonic interrogation of heel tissue for BUA or SOS. The system is based, in part, on improving BUA
or SOS measurements by creating a anatomical landmark, anatomical maps ("maps") or both. In the preferred embodiments the ultrasonic system is adapted to provide anatomical landmarks and interrogate tissues for either broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic system for tissue BUA or SOS
measurements using anatomic landmarks that can be identified by the system.
Such a system can include an ultrasonic transducer unit for BUA, SOS, or both comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals. A
computational unit can be part of the system and is designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the ultrasonic transducer unit and to process signals to identify an anatomical landmark in an anatomical region, as well as BUA and SOS
measurements.
For instance, the computational unit is designed to process ultrasonic signals received from the ultrasonic transducer unit to generate an anatomical map of the anatomical region and identify the anatomic landmark within the anatomical region. The map can provide computer stored coordinates to locate the anatomic landmark within the anatomical region or map for current or future aid in positioning the transducer with x, y positioners, as described herein or known in the art. Typically, anatomical landmarks are about 10 percent or less of the area of a map and preferably less than about 2 to 0.2 cm. Preferably, the transducer units and computational unit have adapted A-scan or B-scan operation and more preferably can be used for measuring other ultrasonic properties as described herein or have transducers adapted to measure such other properties. Preferably, the process of identifying an anatomical landmark is programmed into the computational unit to permit highly automated interrogation. Such an anatomical landmark can either allow an operator to -locate a transducer or allow a __.
computer to locate a transducer or some combination thereof.
In many embodiments of a landmark system it will be useful to compare landmarks within an anatomical region for BUA or SOS measurement. The same landmark may be compared at different times (intra-landmark comparison) or one or more landmarks may be compared (inter-landmark comparison). For instance, an intra-landmark comparison can be used during a single interrogation protocol that entails multiple interrogations of the same region with reference to a particular anatomical landmark. The computational unit can also further comprise a database comprising reference anatomical maps and the computational unit is further designed to compare the anatomical map with the reference anatomical map. The reference anatomical map may be historic (from the same or another patient, generated as part of an interrogation protocol), or theoretical or any other type of desired reference map. The reference map can include a reference anatomical landmark, or if desired the landmark may be stored alone.
S
The present invention includes an ultrasonic system for ultrasonic interrogation of tissue. The system is based, in part, on improving ultrasonic measurements by creating a desired axis of transmission or spatial relationship between two ultrasonic transducers and their transmission paths (or reception paths). In the preferred embodiments, the ultrasonic system is adapted to interrogate dense tissues to measure either broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound.
Typically, such a system includes a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer. The axis of transmission is usually through a portion of a dense tissue and usually the transducers are not permanently fixed but are capable of being repositioned to a predetermined or desired location. The two transducers can be aligned (e.g. mechanically aligned) to have a common axis of transmission. In such situations, the transducers will be generally directed at each other to receive signals from each other. In some applications, the transducers may not have an axis of transmission in common but are instead arranged to each have a predetermined axis of transmission, wherein each transducer may send signals that can be received by the other transducer without having a common axis of transmission. The axis of transmission for each transducer will have an angle of transmission associated with it. Preferably, the transducers are adapted for A
scan or B
scan mode. Alternatively, tandem transducers can be used wherein each tandem transducer is comprised of 1 ) a transducer designed for A scan or B scan, and 2) a transducer designed for either broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements or both. It is understood that a tandem transducer can be paired so that, for instance, the broadband ultrasonic transducer in the first tandem transducer transmits signals and the broadband ultrasonic transducer in the second tandem transducer receives signals.
In some embodiments the axis of transmission of each transducer is predetermined or selected in advance of, or during, transmission or reception of, ultrasonic waves. The axis of each transducer can be adjusted or directed to permit either 1) a partial overlap (typically less than about a twenty percent overlap in the acoustic field), 2) a substantial overlap (typically more than about a twenty percent overlap in the acoustic field), 3) a complete overlap (typically more than about a ninety percent overlap in the acoustic field) or 4} no overlap (typically less than about a five S percent overlap in the acoustic field) with an axis of transmission of another transducer.
Partial overlap of each axis of transmission facilitates interrogation of tissue from two separate interrogation sites while pemitting 1) interrogation of tissue by a single transducer (where there is no substantial overlap of each axis of transmission) or 2) interrogation of tissue by two or more transducers (where there is a partial overlap of each axis of transmission). Typically, the sites of interrogation are at least about 1 cm apart, often at least about 4 cm apart and sometimes about 6 cm or more cm apart.
Transducers at interrogation sites can also be positioned on different faces or sides of a tissue to be interrogated (e.g. on the medial and lateral portion of an appendage). In many of these embodiments the transducers receive signals from each other.
Preferably, 1 S tandem transducers are used that are adapted or programmed to receive signals from each other.
The invention, however, is not limited to such embodiments and a plurality of predetermined axes of transmission for plurality of transducers can be established, wherein the transducers are either adapted not receive signals from other transducers in the system or the signals received and transmitted by each transducer are separately processed. Similarly, substantial or complete overlaps can be achieved if so desired in some embodiments.
Multiple transducers can also be used to create multiple overlaps between each-axis of transmission. Each axis of transmission can overlap the same area in a tissue to 2S permit interrogation of the tissue by multiple transducers from separate interrogation sites. For example, multiple transducers can be directed to have overlapping axes of transmission to form a desired interrogation volume or path in the tissue (e.g. an interrogation volume substantially shaped like a column or cone). Multiple transducers creating common interrogation volumes from separate interrogation sites using overlapping axes of transmission can improve resolution of internal structures or surfaces.
Without limiting aspects of the invention to a particular mechanism of action, common interrogation volumes can give rise to enhanced, or more precise, ultrasonic measurements due to any one or combination of the following factors. One, reduction in interference and scatter by comparing ultrasonic properties (e.g.
ultrasonic data in the form of A scan or B scan) from each transducer and selecting the data with the least amount of interference to use in a reconstruction, map or ultrasonic analysis of the 5 tissue. Two, reduction in ultrasonic wave attenuation (not necessarily broadband ultrasonic attenuation) by comparing ultrasonic properties (e.g. ultrasonic data in the form of A scan or B scan) from each transducer and selecting the data with the least amount of attenuation to use in a reconstruction, map or ultrasonic analysis of the tissue.
Three, signal averaging between each transducer participating in constructing the 10 interrogation volume. Such signal averaging would typically account for the different interrogation sites location of each transducer, the amount of axis of transmission overlap or selection of the most accurate data generated for each transducer or a combination thereof. Four, predetermined noise amplitude cancellation by transmitting ultrasonic waves from a first transducer to cancel ultrasonic waves generated from a 15 second transducer that are creating ultrasonic waves or disturbances that causes the noise. Five, unreceived, anticipated signal analysis, which entails analyzing the absence of, or change in, signals that are anticipated or predicted to be received by a detector.
The absence or change in signals will be indicative of the presence of structures in the path that remove or alter the transmitted ultrasonic signal.
20 Interference, scattering and attenuation, as well as other sources of error, may vary between transducers because the transducers are located at separate interrogation sites offering different interrogation paths with varying levels of interference, scattering, attenuation; etc. This is based, in part, on the property of ultrasonic hysteresis meaning either 1) the path of an ultrasonic signal transmitted by a transducer through an object of 25 varying compositions with a heterogenous organization returns to the transducer by a different path and with an altered wave form or 2) the path of an ultrasonic signal transmitted by a first transducer through an object of varying compositions with a heterogenous organization will be received by a second transducer by a different path and with an altered wave form compared to an ultrasonic signal transmitted by the 30 second transducer through the same object and received by the first transducer.
For example, a model interrogation site has layers, from the first side of the object to the second side of the object, of A, B, and C. Wherein layer A, B
and C all have different speed of sound constants, and different microstructures contributing to interference, attenuation and scatter. A signal moving from A to C and back again will have traveled a different path than a signal moving from C to A and back again. A
transducer that transmits and receives signals at an interrogation site on the surface of layer A will receive a different set of signals compared to a transducer that transmits and receives signals at an interrogation site on the surface of layer C.
Alternatively, a signal moving from A to C will have traveled a different path than a signal moving from C to A. A transducer that receives signals at an interrogation site on the surface of layer C from a transducer sending signals from layer A will receive a different set of signals compared to a transducer that receives signals at an interrogation site on the surface of layer A from a transducer located on the surface of layer C. Consequently, the received signals will have different properties dependent on the path taken through the object.
The different interrogation paths of each transducer offers the ability to sample the data from each path and select the best or appropriate data using defined selection criteria, thereby reducing the source of error or enhancing interrogation of the tissue.
For example, in an interrogation of a tibial region a transducer placed on the anterior surface of the tissue may have a sharp and intense reflective surface 1 cm below the surface of the skin indicating bone. The same interrogation site will have little ability to interrogate the muscle "behind" the bone. A second transducer positioned at a second interrogation site on the posterior region of the same tibial region will offer relatively greater ability to interrogate the muscle "behind" the bone compared to the first interrogation site since the muscle is now interrogated using ultrasonic waves that have not been deflected off or attenuated by bone. Data analysis that selects and combines data from each interrogation, and optionally including signal averaging, can be used to- - - - .
generate a reconstruction, map, or ultrasonic analysis of the tissue. Such positioning methods and devices can be used with BUA or SOS, as well as imaging techniques.
Methods and devices used to generate a common interrogation volume, as well as other methods and devices herein, can aid in producing anatomic maps of the tissue or imaging of the tissue. It can also be used in conjunction with invasive procedures as guide or monitor of the progress of the procedure, such as catheterization, trocar based procedures or other types of surgery.
Some examples of different embodiments of tandem transducers related to an axis of transmission are as follows:
1 ) a common axis of transmission with each transducer substantially orthogonal to the tissue plane, 2) a common axis of transmission with each transducer not substantially orthogonal to the tissue plane (e.g. a first transducer has a transmission angle S 75 degrees and a second transducer has a transmission angle of 105 degrees), 3) a predetermined axis of transmission for a first transducer and a second transducer, wherein there is a partial overlap of each predetermined axis of transmission of the first and second transducer and each transducer is substantially orthogonal to the tissue plane, and 4) a predetermined axis of transmission for a first transducer and a second transducer, wherein there is a partial overlap of each predetermined axis of transmission of the first and second transducer and each transducer is not substantially orthogonal to the tissue plane.
Some examples of different embodiments of plurality of transducers (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or more) related to a desired interrogation volume are as follows:
5) a desired interrogation volume generated from a common axis of transmission with each transducer substantially orthogonal to the tissue plane, 6) a desired interrogation volume generated from a plurality of transducers each having an axis of transmission at a predetermined angle with respect to the other transducers or the tissue plane (e.g. a first transducer has a predetermined angle of 60 degrees with respect to a second transducer and a predetermined angle of 120 degrees with respect to a third transducer); and 7) a desired interrogation volume generated from a predetermined axis of transmission for a first transducer and a second transducer, wherein there is a partial overlap of each predetermined axis of transmission of the first and second transducer and each transducer is substantially orthogonal to the tissue plane.
Generally, the system will include an x, y positioner that engages the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer to locate each transducer in the appropriate position on the object to be interrogated. Usually, the x, y positioner positions the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer while generally maintaining the axis of transmission. The x, y positioner can be designed to include positioning of each transducer independently or positioning of each transducer while simultaneously maintaining a common axis of transmission. The x, y positioner can position the ultrasonic transducer at a desired location along the x axis and y axis of the system. Typically, the x axis is the horizontal axis and the y axis is vertical axis.
Preferably, a z-positioner will be included in the positioning unit to move a transducer to or away from an interrogation site.
A computational unit can be included in the system to manage ultrasonic measurements. Typically, the computational unit is designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer. It may also be designed to optionally control movement of the positioning unit (e.g. x, y positioner). By monitoring signal transmission and reception the computational unit can instruct the x, y positioner to appropriately locate the transducers in order to achieve the desired relationship between the axis of transmission of each transducer. For example, FIG. 1 shows one method of instructing a positioner and interrogating a tissue based on anatomical maps. In many instances the computational unit can be programmed to instruct the x, y positioner to establish a common axis of transmission between the two transducers. As described herein, this is a particularly useful embodiment for broadband ultrasonic attenuation and speed of sound measurements in the human heel.
It is also contemplated to use such a system in other anatomical regions where ultrasonic measurements would benefit from controlled or predetermined x, y positioning with two or more probes (e.g. imaging). Typically, the computational unit - is programmed to generate anatomical maps-using.either A scan or B scan data or both. - .
Maps can also be generated using other ultrasound parameters, e.g. Doppler information or flow information acquired with ultrasonic contrast agents.
In greater detail, FIG. 1 shows one embodiment of the invention relating to methods of interrogating a tissue, generating an anatomical map or instructing a positioner to position a transducer(s). An anatomical map is generated from data obtained by interrogating the tissue at a first transducers) positions) (n,).
This can be done using any ultrasonic measurement, such as A scan or B scan or both. A
clinical measurement is then made at the first position n,. Any clinical measurement can be used including, SOS, BUA, x-ray, or tomography, as well as a surgical procedure. The process of interrogation, map generation and clinical measurement can be repeated at each subsequent position (n~, n2, ...). Optionally, the anatomical map can be compared to a reference map that is usually stored in the computational unit. When a suitable match occurs with the reference map, interrogation can be initiated. Such matches can be based on predetermined match criteria, including anyone or combination of the following criteria: percentage of contour overlap, homology between ultrasonic features in a given map (such as the percentage of features in common), and the proximity of a set of coordinates in the anatomical map to a defined set of coordinates in the reference map. If no match occurs, the positioner repositions the transducer(s), another interrogation occurs and another map is generated and compared to the reference map.
This process can be repeated until the desired match is obtained or until it is determined that no suitable match is possible. Typically, the positioner moves the transducer in increments until the desired location or interrogation site has been reached and the tissue is interrogated for clinical measurement, such as speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurement. Such methods can be adapted as instructions for components of a monitoring system that form a computer program product.
A system (e.g. BUA or SOS measurements) that includes one, two, or more ultrasonic transducers, a positioning unit (e.g. an x, y positioner), and a computational unit for signal management and transducer positioning offers a number of advantages.
First, transducer positioning can be automatically established without significant operator intervention, as well as with operator direction to a desired position. Second, accuracy and reproducibility of transducer positioning can be improved by appropriately programming the computational unit. Finally, adjustments to transducer positioning during interrogation can be accomplished with minimized interruption of the interrogation process.
In another embodiment the computational unit directs a positioning unit to position the transducer unit with reference to the anatomical landmark prior to BUA or SOS measurement. Preferably, anatomical landmarks in the heel are less than about 2 cm2, more preferably about less than 1 cm2, and most preferably less than about 0.5 cm2, unless the anatomical landmarks are based on contours. The transducer can be positioned by an iterative process to find a preprogrammed landmark (e.g.
historic) or to identify a landmark by preprogrammed criteria. Typically, the computational unit is designed to instruct the transducer unit to transmit and receive signals after positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark. This process can be repeated and is outlined in FIG. 2.
In greater detail, FIG. 2 shows another embodiment of the invention relating to methods of interrogating a tissue for BUA or SOS, identifying an anatomical landmark 5 and instructing a positioner to position a transducer(s). The transducers) is (are) positioned. An anatomical map is generated from data obtained by interrogating the tissue at a first transducers) positions) (n~). This can be done using any ultrasonic measurement, such as A-scan or B-scan or both. A comparison of the map to landmark criteria is then made to identify a landmark at the first position n~. The process of 10 positioning, interrogation, map generation and comparison can be repeated at each subsequent position (n1, n2, ...). After a landmark has been identified, a BUA
or SOS
measurement can be initiated. Typically, a computational unit directs a positioning unit to position the transducer unit with reference to an anatomical landmark. The transducer can be positioned by an iterative process to identify a landmark, e.g. based 15 on preprogrammed landmark criteria. Typically, the computational unit is designed to instruct the transducer unit to transmit and receive signals after positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark. Such methods can be adapted as instructions for components of a monitoring system that form a computer program product.
20 The ultrasonic system can further comprise a positioning unit for changing the spatial relationship between the anatomic landmark in the heel and the ultrasonic transducer unit, thereby permitting interrogation for BUA or SOS with reference to the anatomic -landmark in the anatomical region by positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark. The computational unit can further comprise a 25 display for showing the anatomical map.
The system may optionally include a z positioner that engages and/or positions at least one or more ultrasonic transducers. Preferably, both transducers can be positioned in the z dimension by the z positioner. The z positioner changes the distance of transmission along the axis of transmission between the first ultrasonic transducer 30 and the second ultrasonic transducer. Typically, it changes the distance between the transducer and the interrogation with minimal compression of the interrogated tissue. A
pressure sensor can be included on the surface of the transducer or other location to moW for transducer pressure against the interrogated tissue. The pressure sensor can be part of control unit to regulate the amount of transducer pressure at the interrogation site by adjusting the transducer location in the z dimension with the z positioner.
If desired, an electronic feedback loop can be included to adjust the transducer position in the z dimension in response to changes in pressure, which could arise from patient S movement, tissue swelling or other factors that contribute to changes in transducer pressure. The z positioner can position the ultrasonic transducer at a desired location along the z axis of the system. Typically, the z axis is the axis perpendicular to the x axis which is the horizontal axis, and the y axis is the vertical axis. The z positioner moves the transducers) along the z-axis further or closer to the surface of the anatomical location.
The system may optionally include, or be designed as a dedicated device, to achieve speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements or both.
Typically, in such a system the computational unit can estimate speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation in an interrogated tissue. Preferably, the computational unit can correct the speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements for errors generated by soft tissue effects. The Examples offer a number of methods for such correction. To accomplish correction methods the system may optionally include a computational unit that comprises a database of correction factors for soft tissue thicknesses and either speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements. The database may also be comprised of factors related to empirical measurements of soft tissue and broadband ultrasonic attenuation, including historic patient records for comparison.
The x, y positioner included in the system can be any positioner that can accurately position a transducer and maintain the transducer position during interrogation. The x, y positioner can be those known in the art of positioning devices or those developed in the future or disclosed herein. In selecting an x, y positioner the following features should considered and incorporated into the x, y positioner design depending on the application: 1 ) ease of movement of the positioner preferably with automated control, 2) integration of the positioner into a computer control system, 3) accuracy of positioning (preferably within about ~ Smm, more preferably about ~ lmm and most preferably about ~ O.OSmm), 4) speed of achieving a new position should typically be less than 2 to 4 seconds, and S) ability of the x, y positioner to either locate one transducer or two transducers. It is understood that the x, y positioner may be configured in many arrangements. For instance, the x, y positioner may be designed as one positioning system that moves each transducer concurrently or as two x, y positioners that move each transducer independently yet in a coordinated fashion with respect to each transducer. The x, y positioner can be manually controlled, operator computer controlled, or automatically controlled with minimal or no operator intervention or a combination thereof. Preferably, the system is capable of all three modes of operation. If a manual mode is incorporated into the device, the x, y positioner typically includes a grip to manually direct the first and second transducers over a desired anatomic region. Positioners in the art may used as well, such as those provided by Newport (Irvine, California), including stages for rectilinear motion. The positioning unit can be operated and designed for manual, computer operator or automatic operation. Positioning units can be those devices known in the art or described herein to accomplish such functions.
In one embodiment, the x, y positioner can comprise a frame to maintain the axis of transmission between the first and second ultrasonic transducers. In this embodiment the x, y positioner maintains a "fixed" axis of transmission. Typically, these types of positioners can be less expensive to operate and robust under a variety of clinical conditions because the axis of transmission is fixed, typically during manufacture or in an adjustment protocol. Thus, the x, y positioner is not required to locate the transducer with respect to one another since this is predetermined. Instead the x, y positioner can be primarily designed to locate the transducer in tandem with a fixed common axis of transmission in relation to the anatomic region of interrogation. Typically, the frame engages an x-track and the x track engages a y track, thereby an operator can move the first and second ultrasonic transducers manually in either an x or y dimension or combination thereof with respect to an anatomic region. It is understood, however, that such tracks could also be located on separate frames without a fixed common axis of transmission between the two transducers and that a common axis of transmission could be established. The x, y positioner can be designed to accommodate an appendage.
Typically, the appendage is held in a predetermined position in the ultrasonic system relative to the x, y positioner. Preferably, the x, y positioner is automatically controlled by the computational unit. In one arrangement, the computational unit instructs an x servo-motor to drive the first ultrasonic transducer and second transducer in the x dimension and a y servo-motor to drive the first ultrasonic transducer and second transducer in the y dimension.
A key and useful feature of some embodiments of the invention is an ultrasonic system wherein the computational unit comprises a computational program to identify an anatomic landmark (e.g. in the heel in conjunction with BUA or SOS
measurements), as described further herein. For example, the ultrasonic system can be designed wherein the computational unit is designed to instruct the x, y positioner to position the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer to interrogate the anatomic landmark. Usually, the x, y positioner generally maintains the axis of transmission between the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer and generally through the anatomic landmark.
The anatomical landmark that is selected is part of an anatomical region appropriate for BUA or SOS measurements in the heel, such as locations of dense bone.
Other anatomical regions can be selected from the group consisting of a knee and tibia.
1 S The x, y positioner can be adapted to accommodate the anatomical site.
Preferably, at least the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer are adapted for either speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation (or both) measurements inheel tissue comprising bone. In another embodiment the computational unit can identify an anatomic landmark in an interrogated tissue and direct the x, y positioner to position over the anatomic landmark, thereby the first ultrasonic transducer and second ultrasonic transducer have an axis of transmission generally through the anatomic landmark.
As an example of the invention, the use of an x, y positioner either alone or in conjunction with an anatomic landmark can facilitate speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements in the heel. In FIGS. 3A and B the effect of soft tissue swelling is illustrated in ultrasonic measurements. By including an x, y positioner in an ultrasonic system, the transducers can be positioned to generally maintain an interrogation site that takes into account tissue swelling (or possibly growth). The x, y positioning system can also be used to generate a common axis of transmission for ultrasonic measurements, such as speed of sound measurements or broadband ultrasonic attenuation. By including a landmark detection system, as described herein, even more reproducible and accurate measurements can be made.
In one embodiment, the invention includes methods and devices for correcting for soft tissue in assessment of bone structure or dense tissue, particularly for osteoporosis. An ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in dense tissues, comprising:
a) interrogating a tissue with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, b) interrogating the tissue with the ultrasonic transducer to determine soft tissue thickness in the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both by correcting for the soft tissue thickness, wherein the determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of a broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, or speed of sound value in dense tissue than in the absence of correcting for soft tissue thickness.
The ultrasonic method can include a further refined determining step that further comprises adjusting either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound in the tissue or both for the soft thickness based on a database of ultrasonic measurements from comparable tissues. The database measurements include soft tissue thickness and either a) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, b) speed of sound or c) both. The determining step can comprise adjusting either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, 2) speed of sound in the tissue or 3) both for the soft thickness based on a correction factor.
These methods can be applied at the heel. Often such measurements can include calculating speed of sound for calcaneus tissue using Equation 16 or other equations or methods described herein or described in the art.
In a related embodiment of the invention, soft tissue thickness measured in a patient is compared to reference soft tissue thickness obtained from a control population (e.g. age-, sex-, race-, or weight-matched normal subjects). Reference soft tissue thickness can be generated by measuring soft tissue thickness in healthy subjects with normal vascular, cardiac, hepatic, or renal function and no other underlying medical condition. Reference soft tissue thicknesses can be expressed as but are not limited to, mean and standard deviation or standard error. Reference soft tissue thicknesses can be obtained independently for patients 15-20, 20-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-60, 60-70, 70-80, WO 99/45845 PC'f/US99/05234 and 80 and more years of age. Reference soft tissue thicknesses for these age groups can be obtained separately for men and women and for race (e.g. Asian, African, Caucasian, and Hispanic subjects). Additionally, reference soft tissue thicknesses can be obtained for different subject weights within each age, sex, and racial subgroup.
5 Individual patients can be compared to a reference soft tissue thickness. If patient's soft tissue thickness is elevated, a correction factor can be applied. The amount/magnitude of correction factor is influenced by the magnitude of increase in soft tissue thickness that can be influenced by the magnitude of fat, fibrous, and muscle tissue contribution. Clinical study groups can be evaluated to generate databases for 10 further study or to generate more refined correction factors. Such study groups include:
non-edematous non-osteoporotic premenopausal, non-edematous non-osteoporotic postmenopausal, non-edematous osteoporotic postmenopausal; edematous non-osteoporotic premenopausal, edematous non-osteoporotic postmenopausal, and edematous osteoporotic postmenopausal patients. In each study group the following 15 procedures can be performed for comparison: dual x-ray absorptiometry ("DXA") of the spine, hip, or calcaneus, along with SOS and BUA measurements or quantitative computed tomography ("QCT"). Evening measurements are preferred (the time of maximum edema; and clinically frequent times for outpatient ambulatory office visits).
Without limiting the invention to a particular mechanism of action, the inventors 20 believe that correlation between DXA measurements and SOS and BUA will be better in non-edematous patients than in edematous patients (artificial change of SOS
and BUA due to pathologic soft tissue thickening). Correction for soft tissue thickness can also improve- the accuracy and discriminatory power of SOS and BUA in non-edematous and edematous patients. Even non-edematous patients will have variations 25 in soft tissue thickness due to diet, obesity, sport related conditioning, hormonal influences, and the like. Such methods can also be used to identify population with an increased or decreased risk of bone fracture, particularly the fracture of the hip, spine, or long bones.
;loft Tissue Correction Devices 30 Current ultrasonic probes for measuring SOS and BUA are hand positioned using visible or palpable regions on the skin surface (e.g. sole of the foot, posterior margin of the heel). In the calcaneus, pathologic soft tissue thickening, e.g.
from tissue edema, will change the position of the calcaneus relative to the transducer on the skin surface. Thus, the transducers) will measure over the same external area, but will not measure the same area in the calcaneus. This effect can be particularly pronounced if edema/soft tissue thickness changes between follow-up examinations (e.g.
baseline examination in am with little or no edema, follow-up examination in pm with more pronounced edema). Thus, changes in probe position relative to the calcaneus or other bone will affect reproducibility of SOS and BUA as well as other US
measurements significantly.
FIG. 4A shows an example demonstrating the influence of soft tissue thickness on measurements of broadband ultrasonic attenuation. As the thickness of the soft tissue interposed in the scan path increases, measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation values, in this example of the calcaneus, decrease.
FIG. 4B shows an example demonstrating the results when measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation is corrected for thickness of the soft tissue layers interposed in the scan path. This correction is typically performed by measuring soft tissue thickness with A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics. As the soft tissue thickness increases, corrected broadband ultrasonic attenuation values do not change significantly.
FIG. 5A shows an example of a typical prior art device for measuring the speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation in a healthy non-edematous patient. The position of the patient's foot 500, of the calcaneus 510, and of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 are fixed with respect to the device frame 530.
FIG. 5B shows an example of a typical prior art device for measuring the speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation in a patient with peripheral edema. Edema increases the thickness of the soft tissue inferior and posterior to the calcaneus. Since the position of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 is fixed relative to the device frame 530, a more inferior and posterior region is measured within the calcaneus 510 when compared to FIG. 5A that is even partially outside the calcaneus 510.
FIG. 5C shows one embodiment of the invention with a probe for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a healthy non-edematous patient. The position of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 is not fixed with respect to the device frame 530 but is determined, for example, based on landmarks or anatomical maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics.
FIG. 5D shows the same embodiment of the invention as seen in FIG. 5C with a probe for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a patient with peripheral edema. Edema increases the thickness of the soft tissue inferior and posterior to the calcaneus. Since the position of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 is not fixed relative to the device frame 530, but is determined, for example, based on landmarks or anatomical maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics, the interrogation site in the calcaneus remains substantially constant in the presence of peripheral edema and does not change significantly compared to conditions illustrated in FIG. 5C.
FIG. 6A shows another embodiment of the invention with a device for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a healthy non-edematous patient. The position of the patient's foot 600 and of the calcaneus 610 are not fixed with respect to the device frame 650.
The ultrasonic transducer 620 is, however, attached 630 to the device frame 650. The foot 600 is placed on a foot holder 640 that can be moved in the x- or y-direction 660.
The foot 600 and the calcaneus 610 are positioned relative to the ultrasonic transducer 620 for example based on landmarks or anatomic maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics.
FIG. 6B shows the same embodiment of the invention as demonstrated in FIG.
6A with a probe for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a patient with peripheral edema.
Since the position of the foot 600 and of the calcaneus 610 is not fixed relative to the device frame 650, but is determined, for example, based on landmarks or anatomical maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics, the interrogation site of the ultrasonic transducer 620 at the calcaneus remains substantially constant in the presence of peripheral edema and does not change significantly when compared to the condition illustrated in FIG.
6A.
FIG. 7A shows another embodiment of the invention comprising two ultrasonic transducers 700 attached to an x-positioner 710 and a y-positioner 720. The heel 730 and the calcaneus 740 are seated on a foot holder 750. The ultrasonic transducer 700 is brought in contact with the heel 730 using a z-positioner member 760 that can move in and out of a frame 770 continuously or in a stepwise fashion. The ultrasonic transmission axis 780 is also shown.
FIG. 7B is a side view of the ultrasonic transducer 700, the x-positioner 710, and the y-positioner 720 shown in FIG. 7A showing the tracks of each positioner.
Typically, one positioner will engage the other positioner to permit x, y movement either concurrently (moving in both directions simultaneously) or sequentially (moving in one dimension first and then in a second dimension).
FIG. 7C shows another embodiment of the invention. The ultrasonic transducers 700 are attached to a positioning system 790 that affords movement of the transducers in x, y, and z-direction, as well as angulation of the transducers 700 and the resultant ultrasonic transmission axis 780. The angulation position of the transducers 700 and the ultrasonic transmission axis 780 is substantially zero.
FIG. 7D shows the ultrasonic transducers 700 attached to a positioning system 790 that affords movement of the transducers in x, y, and z-direction, as well as angulation of the transducers 700 and the resultant ultrasonic transmission axis 780.
The angulation position of the transducers 700 and the ultrasonic transmission axis 780 is substantially different from zero.
FIG. 7E shows an expanded view of the embodiment presented in FIGS. 7A-D.
The ultrasonic transducer 700 is attached to a positioning system 790 that affords movement of the transducers in x, y, and z-direction, as well as angulation of the transducers 700. The ultrasonic beam 795 has substantially zero angulation.
FIG. 7F shows an expanded view of the positioning system 790 and the ultrasonic transducers 700 with inferior angulation of the ultrasonic beam 795.
FIG. 7G shows an expanded view of the positioning system 790 and the ultrasonic transducers 700 with superior angulation of the ultrasonic beam 795.
FIG. 8A is a front view of another embodiment of the invention where the transducer 800-is moved along an x, y- positioner 810 using electromagnetic forces rather than using a mechanical or electro-mechanical x, y-positioner.
FIG. 8B shows a side view of the transducer 800 and the electromagnetic x, y-positioner 810. The transducer 800 is brought in contact with the heel (not shown) using a z-positioner member 830 that is moved in and out of frame 840.
FIG. 8C shows a modification of the embodiment present in FIG. 8B. The sides of the transducer 800 are isolated from the electromagnetic x, y-positioner 810 using a flexible or movable electromagnetic insulator 840.
Many of the positioning embodiments of the invention can be used to assist in enhancing such measurements and as described further herein anatomical landmarks can also be used to enhance measurements.
For example, in one embodiment an A-scan or B-scan ultrasonic device is used to identify a contour or landmarks of the calcaneus or other bone.
Specifically, the posterior and inferior margin or other bony landmarks of the calcaneus (or other bone) are detected and registered spatially, e.g. on a coordinate system in the system computer. The transducers) for BUA and SOS measurements are subsequently positioned using the bone margins or landmarks (inferior and posterior or other) as reference points or using the coordinate system. On follow-up examinations in the same patient, the system will automatically or using operator assistance find the same bony margins/landmarks and position the transducers) over the same measurement sites) of the calcaneus or other bone that was evaluated during the previous examination (s).
This type of positioning ensures reproducible placement of the transducers) over the same measurement area of the calcaneus or other bone. In-vivo reproducibility of any type of SOS and BUA will be markedly improved using this technique. This technique is also applicable for improving reproducibility of measurements of soft tissue or internal organs, as described herein.
4.O ULTRASONIC SYSTEMS AND LANDMARK DETECTION SYSTEMS
The present invention includes an ultrasonic system for ultrasonic interrogation of tissue. The system is based, in part, on improving ultrasonic measurements by creating a anatomical landmark, anatomical maps ("maps") or both. In the preferred embodiments the ultrasonic system is adapted to provide maps and interrogate tissues for either broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic system for tissue ultrasonic interrogation using anatomic landmarks that can be identified by the system.
Such a system can include an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals. A computational unit can be part of the system and is designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the ultrasonic transducer unit and to process signals to identify an anatomical landmark in an anatomical region. For instance, the computational unit is designed to process ultrasonic signals received from the ultrasonic transducer unit to generate an anatomical map of the anatomical region and identify the anatomic landmark within the anatomical region.
The map can provide computer stored coordinates to locate the anatomic landmark within the anatomical region for current or future aid in positioning the transducer with x, y positioners, as described herein or known in the art. Preferably, the transducer units and computational unit have adapted A scan or B scan operation and more preferably 5 can be used for measuring other ultrasonic properties as described herein or have transducers adapted to measure such other properties. Preferably, the process of identifying an anatomical landmark is programmed into the computational unit to permit highly automated interrogation. Such an anatomical landmark can either allow an operator to locate a transducer or allow a computer to locate a transducer or some 10 combination thereof.
In addition, echogenic markers can be introduced, either temporarily or permanently, as anatomic landmarks in a predetermined position. Such landmarks include: biocompatible metal probes, needles, stems, or other plastic, metal, or gas containing objects with a securing member to attach to the landmark in the desired 15 position.
Typically, landmarks are based on least one ultrasonic property and preferably two or three or more different properties. For instance, the landmark system may be part of a computational unit further designed to process received ultrasonic signals from the ultrasonic transducer unit to generate at least one data set of an ultrasonic property 20 (e.g. A-scan) and to generate the anatomical map from at least some of the data set. The map itself can be an ultrasonic property correlated with the x, y position of the x, y positioner. It is understood that the data set may have more data than is necessary to - generate a particular map or a map may be produced..from a selection of data from said __ data set. In one embodiment the ultrasonic property is selected from the group 25 consisting of broadband ultrasonic attenuation, echogenicity, reflective surfaces, distances from the transducer unit, speed of sound, ultrasonic images, Doppler information and information obtained with ultrasound contrast agents.
Combinations of these properties can generate particularly useful maps. For instance, an anatomic landmark may be identified by ultrasonic images in conjunction with echogenic 30 surfaces. Using multiple properties can help tailor the type of landmark desired to be identified. Landmark systems are particularly useful in areas where patient morphology may change but a particular anatomical feature may not, such as dense bone in the heel.
In many embodiments of a landmark system it will be useful to compare landmarks within an anatomical region. The same landmark may be compared at different times (intra-landmark comparison) or one or more landmarks may be compared (inter-landmark comparison). For instance, an intra-landmark comparison can be used during a single interrogation protocol that entails multiple interrogations of the same region with reference to a particular anatomical landmark. The computational unit can also further comprise a database comprising reference anatomical maps and the computational unit is further designed to compare the anatomical map with the reference anatomical map. The reference anatomical map may be historic (from the same or another patient, generated as part of an interrogation protocol), or theoretical or any other type of desired reference map.
Anatomical landmarks are extremely useful in positioning the transducer(s). In an exemplary surgical protocol, landmarks can be identified in the tissue to be examined and during the endoscopic procedure surgical instruments can be manipulated with respect to such landmarks. Computer control of the transducers can maintain visualization of the landmarks during the procedure. In addition, the computational unit can direct instruments or instruct physicians to direct the instruments in relation to the landmarks.
In another embodiment the computational unit directs a positioning unit to position the transducer unit with reference to the anatomical landmark. The transducer can be positioned by an iterative process to find a preprogrammed landmark (e.g.
historic) or to identify a landmark by preprogrammed criteria. Typically, the computational unit is designed to instruct the transducer unit to transmit and receive signals after positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark.
This process can be repeated and is outlined in FIG. 2.
In greater detail, FIG. 2 shows another embodiment of the invention relating to methods of interrogating a tissue, identifying an anatomical landmark or instructing a positioner to position a transducer(s). The transducers) is (are) positioned.
An anatomical map is generated from data obtained by interrogating the tissue at a first transducers) positions) (n,). This can be done using any ultrasonic measurement, such as A scan or B scan or both. A comparison of the map to landmark criteria is then made to identify a landmark at the first position nl. The process of positioning, interrogation, map generation and comparison can be repeated at each subsequent position (n~, n2, ...). After a landmark has been identified, a clinical measurement or surgical procedure can be initiated. Typically, a computational unit directs a positioning unit to position the transducer unit with reference to an anatomical landmark.
The transducer can be positioned by an iterative process to identify a landmark, e.g. based on preprogrammed landmark criteria. Typically, the computational unit is designed to instruct the transducer unit to transmit and receive signals after positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark. Such methods can be adapted as instructions for components of a monitoring system that form a computer program product.
The ultrasonic system can further comprise a positioning unit for changing the spatial relationship between the anatomic landmark in the anatomical region and the ultrasonic transducer unit, thereby permitting interrogation with reference to the anatomic landmark in the anatomical region by positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark. The computational unit can further comprise a display for showing the anatomical map.
Preferably, the positioning unit is selected from the group consisting of a positioning unit that positions the transducer unit, a positioning unit that positions the anatomical region or a positioning unit that can position both. The positioning unit can be operated and designed for manual, computer operator or automatic operation.
The positioning unit can be manually operated to interrogate an anatomical region, such as an ankle. Positioning units can be those devices known in the art or described herein to accomplish such functions.
In one embodiment the invention includes an ultrasonic system for tissue . __ ultrasonic interrogation for broadband ultrasonic attenuation, comprising:
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with a first axis of transmission through a first anatomical region to be interrogated and the first ultrasonic transducer is adapted for longitudinal transmission, b) a second ultrasonic transducer with a second axis of transmission through a second anatomical region to be interrogated and adapted for longitudinal reception, wherein the first anatomical site and the second anatomical site permit monitoring broadband ultrasonic attenuation and speed of sound between the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer, c) a positioning unit to position the first ultrasonic transducer with respect to the first anatomical region and to position the second ultrasonic transducer with respect to the second anatomical region, and d) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission of the first ultrasonic transducer, to manage ultrasonic signal reception of the second ultrasonic transducer and to control the positioning unit.
The transducers are adapted for either longitudinal transmission or reception or both. Longitudinal transmission refers to transmission of signals between two transducers. Longitudinal reception refers to reception of signals between two transducers. Transducers or the computation unit can be adapted for such transmission and reception by including the pulse protocols, frequencies and analysis methods.
Typically, the positioning system can independently position each transducer to establish a desired spatial relationship between the axis of transmission for each transducer, including a common axis of transmission. For example, the positioning unit can comprise an x, y positioner for the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer. Typically, the first axis of transmission is generally the same axis of transmission as the second axis of transmission. Preferably, the ultrasonic system includes a computational unit comprising a computer program product to generate an anatomic landmark to assist in reproducible positioning of the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer and the positioning unit comprises a z positioner controlled by the computational unit.
~.O METHODS FOR GENERATING OR IDENTIFYING ANATOMICAL LANDMARKS
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation, comprising:
a) positioning, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals, and b) interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit, and c) identifying an anatomic landmark in the anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of the anatomical region, and d) optionally storing the anatomic landmark in a storage device.
The ultrasonic method can further comprise the steps of comparing the location and axis of transmission of the ultrasonic transducer unit to the location of the anatomic landmark and positioning the ultrasonic transducer unit to produce an axis of transmission generally through the anatomic landmark. Steps a, b, and c can be optionally repeated. This can increase accuracy or permit close matching of observed landmarks with reference maps or landmarks. Each positioning step can be performed in relation to an anatomic lmdmark. The positioning steps are typically performed to generate an axis of transmission substantially through the anatomic landmark.
Although the transmission axis can be in a predetermined coordinate or desired spatial relationship with respect to the landmark. The positioning steps can be performed to in relation to a reference anatomic landmark of the anatomical region that is stored in retrievable form on a storage device.
In some embodiments, it will be desirable to generate anatomical maps and landmarks, as well as images, with signals from multiple transmission and detection angles. Generally, it will be desirable to place the probe in a position that is substantially orthogonal to the object plane in order to measure layer thickness accurately. In many situations, it will be desirable to transmit a series of pulses at different transmission angles, usually about S to 10 degrees apart. This permits generating an image or alternatively a map or landmark from different interrogation paths. Typically, transmission angles can differ in 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 degree increments or multiples thereof. Preferably, a series of transmission angles will be used, as measured with respect- to the object plane, such as 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65 and 60 _ degrees. It will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art that transmission angles of 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115 and 120 degrees can also be used. In some embodiments, selection of the transmission angle is based on whether a common axis of transmission is desired.
In various embodiment of the invention, transmission angles can converge or diverge from an ultrasonic source or sources. Generally, there is seldom a limitation as to whether convergent or divergent transmission angles can be used in the invention.
Some applications will, however, operate more effectively by selecting the appropriate angle arrangement. To retain a narrower field of interrogation, a single ultrasonic source can be used at relatively small divergent angles, such as no more than about a 20 to 30 degree total divergence in transmission angles. For a wider field of interrogation multiple ultrasonic sources can be used with divergent angles. If a narrow field of interrogation is desired, multiple ultrasonic sources can be used with convergent transmission angles.
5 To vary transmission angles, typically a first pulse has a first transmission angle with respect to the object plane and a second pulse has a second transmission angle with respect to the object plane, wherein there is a predetermined divergent angle between the first and second pulse or a convergent angle between the first and second pulse. The predetermined divergent or convergent angles can be selected to improve the 10 measurement of a ultrasonic parameters generated in A scan or B scan. The selection of transmission angles typically takes into account the depth in the field where the target reflective layer (or layers) is likely to be located (target reflective layer depth), the likely thickness of the target reflective layer (target reflective layer thickness), object composition and distances between ultrasonic sources (if multiple sources are used).
15 Generally, the total range of transmission angles oc will not be greater than 45 degrees, and preferably 30 degrees or less.
The divergent angle separates a first position and second position of an ultrasonic source or sources and the first pulse has a centered first axis of transmission and the second pulse has a centered second axis of transmission, wherein the first and 20 second axis do not converge. Usually the divergent angle between the first and second pulse is between S to 90 degrees, and preferably between about 5 and 20 degrees.
The convergent angle separates a first position and second position of an ultrasonic source or sources and the first pulse has a centered first axis of transmission and the second pulse has a centered second axis of transmission, wherein the first and 25 second axis converge. Usually the convergent angle between the first and second pulse is between 5 to 90 degrees, and preferably between about 5 and 20 degrees.
Different transmission angles can be accomplished by any method known, developed in the art or in the future or described herein. Typically, the invention includes three different methods (with the corresponding devices) for varying the 30 transmission angle: 1 ) mechanically changing position of the transducers) with respect to the plane of the tissue, 2) providing multiple transducers with predetermined positions that correspond to predetermined transmission angles and 3) steering ultrasonic beams from multiple ultrasonic sources (typically arrays) with predetermined firing sequences. For cost effective production of devices only one of these methods will typically be used in a device. If more sophisticated devices are desired, such methods can also be combined to gain the benefit of the different methods.
To vary transmission angles using a mechanical device, typically the first and second pulses are from a first ultrasonic generator. The first generator has at least a first and a second position. The first and second position are mechanically connected. The generator is guided from the first position to the second position with a mechanical connection. The first and second position (or more positions for more transmission angles) for the ultrasonic generator can be connected using any connection that changes the transmission angle of the ultrasonic generator in an accurate and controllable fashion. Typically, a sweep through alI of the desired positions, either in increments or continuously, should be completed within about 0.02 to 2 seconds, preferably within 200 to 500 milliseconds and more preferably within 20 to 200 milliseconds.
These time values also apply to other methods of varying the transmission angle. Such a device can be mounted on or engaged by an x, y positioner to locate the tranducers at a desired anatomical region.
In one embodiment, the invention utilizes a mechanical connection comprising a mechanical motor that can oscillate a generators) at least once from the first to the second position (or more positions) in order to vary the transmission angle.
This device can be used to create maps, identify anatomical landmarks, and measure BUA or SOS
or other ultrasonic methods described herein. The mechanical motor typically provides a frame time of oscillation from 10 to 2500ms. Any mechanical motor that can produce - - - a position change in such a time frame in response-to an electrical command signal and can be adapted for use in a hand-held probe can be preferably used to vary the transmission angle of ultrasonic generators, such as crystals or arrays of crystals. Such a device can be mounted on or engaged by an x, y positioner to locate the tranducers at a desired anatomical region.
In one design the mechanical motor has at least a first and second magnet to move the ultrasonic generator on a track, and the generator further comprises a magnetic source or magnetically attractive material that magnetically communicates with the first or second magnet to change the transmission angle. Magnetic switching of an ultrasonic generator position is particularly desirable because the magnet can be turned off and on relatively rapidly, and directed to change polarity relatively rapidly. Such magnetic systems can provide smooth position changes and relatively noise free performance. The track can be any mechanical device that directs the ultrasonic generator between positions. In some instances the track will comprise a groove that engages the ultrasonic generator and permits the ultrasonic generator to pivot around an axis to allow for the probe to sweep across the desired transmission angles.
First and second magnet refers to magnets that can be used to move an ultrasonic source from a first to a second position. Magnets may be permanent or induced by applying an electric current to the appropriate electronic device. For example, an electric current can be applied to a wire arranged in a loop or coil-like configuration and the magnetic field created can be controlled by a predetermined electrical switch. The current induces a magnetic field that can be manipulated depending on the pattern of applied current or by the design of the coil or both. Additional magnets can be used for additional position for multiple placement.
In another embodiment, the invention utilizes permanently fixed ultrasonic generators with different, individual transmission angles to accomplish mapping, anatomical landmarks, BUA or SOS, or other ultrasonic methods described herein.
Typically, a first pulse is from a first ultrasonic generator and second pulse is from a second ultrasonic generator, wherein the first and second ultrasonic generators are permanently fixed in a first and a second position. More than two ultrasonic generators can be used as well but usually not more than about 10 ultrasonic generators will be used in this embodiment, unless they are arrays of crystals.
In another embodiment, the invention utilizes predetermined patterns of ultrasonic source activation that result in different transmission angles to accomplish mapping, anatomical landmarks, BUA or SOS, or other ultrasonic methods described herein. For example, a predetermined pattern of ultrasonic source activation can comprise 1 ) a first series of trigger pulses that sequentially fires an array of ultrasonic crystals starting from a first end to a second end of the array and 2) a series of trigger pulses that sequentially fires the array from a second end to a first end of the array. The first series of pulses have a biased direction along a first portion of the field of the interrogated object, i.e. the beams are steered to one side of the field. This sequence of pulses can be repeated at different time frames in order to change the average transmission beam angle. Similarly, the second series of pulses have a biased direction along a second portion of the field of the interrogated object, i.e. the beams are steered WO 99/45$45 PCT/US99/05234 to a second side of the field. This sequence of pulses can be repeated at different time frames in order to change the average beam angle. With linear arrays this method permits the use of either divergent or convergent transmission angles without mechanically moving the ultrasonic source to change the transmission angle.
Averaged beams obtained by this method with different transmission angles can then be used to calculate BUA or SOS or other ultrasonic methods as described herein.
As part of the predetermined pattern of ultrasonic source activation, simultaneous triggering pulses may also be used in conjunction with sequential firing patterns. Simultaneous firing of the ultrasonic sources effectively provides a series of beams, which can be optionally averaged, to provide orthogonal probe position relative to a reference plane. When the ultrasonic source is orthogonal to the object/tissue plane, the transmission angle of simultaneously fired beams will be ninety degrees.
If the probe has a non-orthogonal position, then the transmission will be more or less than ninety degrees. By comparing the signals generated from sequentially fired pulses to simultaneously fired pulses, the deviation from an orthogonal probe position can be calculated to accomplish mapping, anatomical landmarks, BUA or SOS or other ultrasonic methods described herein. Comparison of ultrasonic parameter (e.g.
BUA or SOS) from the averaged signals of both the sequentially generated pulses and the simultaneously generated pulses will be indicative of the difference in tissue structure ascertained at different transmission angles. If so desired, this information can be transmitted back to the operator, for instance on a monitor, to alert the operator to tissue abnormalities or status. Once the operator has evaluated the results, the operator may instruct the system to adjust the probe to achieve orthogonal probe alignment for interrogation of that particular tissue.
The trigger pulses described herein can be particularly optimized to enhance measurement of BUA or SOS in vivo, such as in humans or other objects described herein. To steer a series of beams to create an averaged beam with a specific transmission angle, each ultrasonic crystal is triggered with a lp.s to SOOp,s delay between the firing of each crystal. By increasing the delay between firing each crystal, the depth of interrogation and the transmission angle of the averaged beam can be changed. Ultimately, depth of interrogation will be limited by the dimensions of the transducer near and far field (Bushberg, J.T., Seibert, J.A., Leidholdt, E.M., Boone, J.M., The Essential Physics of Medical Imaging 1-742 (1994)). The trigger pulses are WO 99/45$45 PCT/US99/05234 timed to delay, such as an exponential delay, the firing of the crystals (crystals 1-5) over a 15 sec time period. The firing sequence causes a delay across the array in order to steer to the target and provide an averaged beam (of five beams in this example) with a predetermined transmission angle illustrated as 75 degrees.
The following materials and methods are exemplary of the materials and methods that can be used to achieve the results described herein. These examples are for illustrative purposes only, and are not to be construed as limiting the appended claims.
One skilled in the art will readily recognize substitute materials and methods.
General Materials and Methods:
In vivo ultrasonic measurements are performed using a prototype ultrasonic system capable of measuring speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation in the heel region. The device is also capable of measuring distances between different acoustic/tissue interfaces using A-scan technique.
The ultrasonic system consists of two ultrasonic sources mounted on a U-shaped plastic frame. A hinge is located in the center portion of the U-shaped plastic frame that allows for adjusting the distance between the ultrasonic transducers for each individual patient. The physical distance separating both transducers is registered for each patient using an electronic system that employs a potentiometer. The U-shaped plastic frame is connected to a plastic housing on which the patient can rest the fore- and mid-foot and in particular the heel comfortably. The ultrasonic sources are placed by the operator on the left and-the right side of the foot in the heel region. An ultrasonic gel is used for acoustic coupling. The operator adjusts the frame and the attached ultrasonic sources visually so that they are flush with the skin and near perpendicular to the skin surface.
The ultrasonic system is designed with a central processing unit responsible for pulsing the ultrasonic transducers) and crystal(s), registering signals returned from the transducer, preamplification of the electronic signal, time gain compensation, signal compression, signal rectification, demodulation, and envelope detection, signal rejection, signal processing, analysis and display of SOS, BUA, and soft tissue and bone distance measurements. Transducers operate at a center frequency of 1 MHz.
However, transducer center frequency can be switched from 1 to 0.5 MHz. As the interrogation frequency of the micro-transducer decreases, generally, the ability to resolve reflective surfaces at deeper depths improves. The lower frequency is used in obese or edematous patients in whom tissue penetration with the 1 MHz probe is insufficient.
With each measurement the device registers initially the physical distance 5 between both transducers. The device then measures (a) speed of sound, (b) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, and (c) soft tissue thickness on the medial and lateral side of the heel. Broadband ultrasonic attenuation is calculated by subtracting the amplitude spectrum of a patient from one obtained in a reference material (e.g. de-gassed water).
As an alternative to ultrasonic distance measurements using A-scan technique, 10 ultrasonic measurements can also be performed using another prototype system that is capable of two-dimensional image acquisition and display using B-scan technology in addition to SOS and BUA measurements. This ultrasonic system also uses two or more ultrasonic sources mounted on a hinged, U-shaped plastic frame. The physical distance separating both transducers is registered for each patient using an electronic system.
15 After positioning of the patient and the transducers and application of the acoustic coupling gel, data are acquired in B-scan mode. Two-dimensional gray-scale images of the various tissue layers are obtained. Images are displayed on a computer monitor attached to the scanner hardware.
Distance measurements are performed by saving a representative image 20 displaying the various tissue layers, e.g. skin, subcutaneous fat and bone, on the display monitor. A trained physician or operator identifies the various tissue interfaces visually and places cursors manually at the probe/skin and the soft tissue/bone or other interfaces. Software provided with the ultrasonic scanner is then used to calculate the -distance between the cursors. All measurements are expressed in mm.
25 All experiments performed on animal subjects (including humans) shall be performed with the highest ethical and medical standards and in accordance with the relevant laws, guidelines and regulations of the relevant governing jurisdictions) or professional association(s), including, where appropriate, compliance under 45 relating to United States federal policy for the protection of human subjects.
Example 1: Computational Correction of Tissue Edema Induced Changes in Speed of Sound and Broadband Ultrasonic Attenuation of the Calcaneus This example documents, among other things, that ultrasonic measurements of speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation are significantly affected by tissue edema. Such edema is frequently encountered in a large variety of medical conditions.
Patients with compromised cardiac function, compromised renal function, compromised hepatic function, or compromised vascular function frequently develop tissue edema in the lower extremities. This example also documents that the accuracy of speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements can be improved by measuring the thickness of the soft tissue that overlies the calcaneus in the beam path and by correcting for the error in SOS and BUA of the calcaneus caused by such soft tissue.
Speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements are performed in a 35 or 38 year old healthy male volunteer.
Ultrasonic measurements are performed using a prototype ultrasonic system that is capable of two-dimensional image acquisition and display using B-scan technology in addition to SOS and BUA measurements. The volunteer's foot is placed in the 1 S ultrasonic system so that it rests inferiorly and posteriorly on the heel pad of the device (see FIG. 5C). The measurement site is marked on the skin with India ink on the left and right side of the heel. A small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied to the volunteer's skin and the ultrasonic transducers are placed against the skin at the .
measurement site.
Two-dimensional gray-scale images of the heel are obtained at the measurement site. The distance from the probe/skin interface to the soft tissue/bone interface, i.e. the soft tissue thickness, is measured on the left and the right side of the heel at the measurement site. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left and the right side of the heel is calculated. SOS and BUA are measured in the same location.
The volunteer's foot is removed from the ultrasonic device. The measurement site at the medial and the lateral aspect of the heel is then cleaned with iodine solution for disinfection. A 20 cc syringe is then filled with 1 % Xylocaine solution (Astra Pharmaceuticals, Westborough, MA 01581). A sterile 25 Gauge needle is attached to the syringe. The needle is inserted into the subcutaneous tissue of the foot and 1 cc of Xylocaine solution is injected into the tissue at the measurement site on the left side of the heel followed by injection of lcc of Xylocaine solution on the right side of the heel.
The volunteer's foot is placed back in the ultrasonic device. Transducers are positioned at the measurement site on the left and right side of the heel as described above and ultrasonic soft tissue distance measurements and measurements of SOS
and BUA are repeated.
This experiment is repeated for multiple injection volumes. Injected volumes are increased by lcc with each new experiment on each side up to a total injected volume of 5 cc on each side.
In this model of soft tissue edema, SOS can decrease by approximately 1-2 percent with increasing soft tissue thickness as is shown in FIG. 3A. BUA
values can decrease by approximately i 0-20 percent with increasing soft tissue thickness as is shown in FIG. 4A. (Note that actual attenuation of broadband ultrasonic waves increases as soft tissue thickness increases, while BUA values (dB/MHz) decrease as soft tissue thickness increases. This distinction is often not recognized in the literature, which leads to misleading or potentially misleading conclusions about the effect of soft tissue on actual attenuation of broadband ultrasonic waves and BUA values.) While the magnitude of these changes may vary depending on technical factors and injection technique, the model indicates that changes in soft tissue edema can alter SOS
and BUA
measurements of the calcaneus significantly. When this change in SOS or BUA is related to the reference range of SOS and BUA values in normal volunteers, it can be equivalent to a quarter to one half of a standard deviation. This shows that soft tissue edema adds marked inaccuracy in determining a patient's fracture risk.
In some clinical situations, the relationship between soft tissue thickness and induced change in SOS and BUA may be relatively linear as is shown in FIGS. 3A
and 4A. The measured value of SOS and BUA that is obtained with the smallest amount of soft tissue edema, i.e. prior to injection of saline, approximates the true SOS and BUA
of the calcaneus most closely. If the relationship is linear, a linear correction factor can be used to estimate true calcaneal SOS or BUA based on measured SOS or BUA, ultrasonic measured soft tissue thickness in the edematous state (Dede",atous)~ ~d previously measured soft tissue thickness in the non-edematous state (Dm;~).
Estimated true SOS (SOSn"e) can be defined as:
SOStrue = SOS~~ured ~' ~(Dedernatous - Drnin) ~ Ksos] [Eq. 1 ], where SOSmeasured 1S the measured speed of sound, D is the sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left side and on the right side of the heel either in the edematous (Dedematous) or the non-edematous state (Dm;n), and Ksos is a correction factor (in sec). Since the relationship between soft tissue thickness and speed of sound is approximately linear in this model, the correction factor Ksos can be calculated as:
S KSOS - ~ (Dmax - Droin) / (SOS,I,easuredDrnax - SOS~asuredDmin) I [Eq. 2], where D",~X is maximum tissue thickness, i.e. tissue thickness with maximum edema, Dm;" is minimum tissue thickness, i.e. tissue thickness in the non-edematous state, SOSr"easuredDmax is measured speed of sound at maximum tissue thickness and IO SOSr"e~uredDmin is measured speed of sound at minimum tissue thickness.
Using Eq. 2, Ksos equals 0.00037 in the current example shown in FIG. 3A for measurements of speed of sound. Using this correction factor Ksos, speed of sound can be corrected for soft tissue thickness as is shown in FIG. 3B. One skilled in the art will readily recognize substitute equations, including those for non-linear relationships, such as 15 exponential, logarithmic, or polynomial functions.
Estimated true BUA (BUA~"e) can be defined as:
BUAn"e = BUAneasured ~- ~(Dedematous - Dmin) / KBUA] [Eq. 3], 20 where BUAmeasured is the measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation, D is the sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left side and on the right side of the heel either in the edematous (Dedematous) or the non-edematous state (Dm;~), and KBUA is a correction factor (in MHz m /dB ). Since the relationship between soft tissue thickness and broadband ultrasonic attenuation is approximately linear in this model, the 25 correction factor KBUA can be calculated as:
KBUA ' ~ (Drnax - Dmin) / (BUA,t,easuredDmax - BUAmeas~redDmin) I [Eq. 4], where DmaX is maximum tissue thickness, e.g, tissue thickness with maximum 30 edema, Dm;n is minimum tissue thickness, e.g. tissue thickness in the non-edematous state, BUAn,easuredDmax is measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation at maximum tissue thickness and BUA~asuredDmin is measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation at minimum tissue thickness. Using Eq. 4, KBUA equals 0.0014 in the current example shown in FIG.
4A for measurements of broadband ultrasonic attenuation. Using this correction factor KBUA, broadband ultrasonic attenuation can be corrected for soft tissue thickness as is shown in FIG. 4B. One skilled in the art will readily recognize substitute equations, including those for non-linear relationships, such as exponential, logarithmic, or $ polynomial functions..
The prophetic data presented in FIGURES 3B and 4B demonstrate that good estimates of true SOS and true BUA in the non-edematous state can be achieved using equations 1-4.
As an alternative to equations 1 and 2, true SOS without influence of soft tissue contributions (SOStrue without soft tissue) can be calculated using equations $ and 6, if the relationship between soft tissue thickness and SOS is linear or close to linear:
SOStrue without soft tissue = SOS~asured '~' FSOS x DSOSmeasured [Eq. $], 1$ where SOS~"easurea is the measured speed of sound, Dsosmeasurea is the sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left side and on the right side of the heel at the time of the speed of sound measurement, and Fsos is a correction factor (in 1/sec).
Since the relationship between soft tissue thickness and speed of sound is approximately linear in this model, the correction factor Fsos can be calculated as:
Fsos = ~ (SOS,-SOS2) / (D~ - D2) ~ [Eq. 6], where SOS1 is speed of sound measured for a given soft tissue thickness D~, and SOS2 is speed of sound measured for a given soft tissue thickness D2.
2$ Using equations $ and 6 and the data shown in FIG. 3A, true SOS without influence of soft tissue contributions (SOS~e without soft tissue) c~ be calculated as follows:
Fsos = ~ (SOS-SOS2) / (D, - D2) ~ _ _ ~ (1$77 msec-~ - 1$$7 msec') / (0.016 m - 0.023 m) ~ _ = ~ 20 msec-~ / (-0.00? m) ~ _ = 28$7.1 sec ~
SOS~e without soft tissue = SOSn,easured '~ FSOS x DSOSmeasured = 1587 msec-' + 2857.1 sec' x 0.012 m =
= 1587 msec-' + 34.3 msec' -= 1621.3 msec ' As an alternative to equations 3 and 4, true BUA without influence of soft tissue 5 contributions (BUAtr"e w;tt,~ut sore tissue) can be calculated using equations 7 and 8, if the relationship between soft tissue thickness and BUA is linear or close to linear:
BUAhue without soft tissue = BUAmeasured '~ FBUA x DBUAmeasured [Eq. 7], 10 where BUA",~asured is the measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation, DBUAmeasured is the sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left side and on the right side of the heel at the time of the broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurement, and FBUA is a correction factor (in dB / MHz m). Since the relationship between soft tissue thickness and broadband ultrasonic attenuation is approximately linear in this model, the 15 correction factor FBA can be calculated as:
FBUA = I (BUAI-BUA2) / (D~ - D2) I [Eq. 8], where BUA~ is broadband ultrasonic attenuation measured for a given soft tissue 20 thickness DI, and BUA2 is broadband ultrasonic attenuation measured for a given soft tissue thickness D2.
Using equations 7 and 8 and the data shown in FIG. 4, true BUA without influence of soft tissue contributions (BUA~"e ,~";~,out soft tissue) can be calculated as follows:
FBUA = I (BUA,-BUA2) / (D~ - D2) I =
= I (54.9 dB MHz ' - 49.8 dB MHz ' ) / (0.016 m - 0.023 m) I =
_ ~ 5.1 dB MHz' / (-0.007 m) I =
= 728.6 dB MHz' m' 3O BUAttue without soft tissue = BUAmeasured + FBUA x DBUAmeasured = 59.5 dB MHz' + 728.6 dB MHz-' iri' x 0.012 m =
= 59.5 dB MHz' + 8.74 dB MHz' _ = 68.2 dB MHz ' One skilled in the art will readily recognize substitute equations for calculating or estimating SOS and BUA, including those for non-linear relationships between soft tissue thickness and SOS or BUA, such as exponential, logarithmic, or polynomial functions.
Example 2: Correction of Tissue Edema Induced Changes in Speed of Sound and Broadband Ultrasonic Attenuation of the Calcaneus using Look-Up Tables This example documents, among other things, how a correction table for speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation can be developed for various thicknesses of the soft tissue located within the ultrasonic beam path. Such a correction table can be particularly useful in a patient who has abnormally thick soft tissues, such as a patient with peripheral edema secondary to compromised cardiac, renal, hepatic, or vascular function. A correction table of SOS and BUA for soft tissue thickness like the one developed in this Example can be used as an alternative or an improvement to the corrections and derivations of the corrections presented in Example 1, i.e.
corrections assuming linear, non-linear, exponential, logarithmic, polynomial, or other functions.
One skilled in the art will readily recognize substitute materials and methods to correct speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements for thickness of the soft tissue interposed in the beam path.
Speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements are performed in a volunteer, healthy young Caucasian females) less than 30 years of age who -has an ethically and medically established need for leg amputation. Such a volunteer would typically be subject to an advanced and operable osteosarcoma in the leg. The experimental specimen consists of a foot and calf extending to the knee joint.
Skin, subcutaneous tissue, muscle tissue, fascia, bone, and all other tissue in the specimen are intact and have not been damaged by specimen preparation or other extrinsic manipulation. All ultrasonic experiments are performed in the heat chamber at body temperature and immediately post amputation.
Prior to and after amputation, the specimen is subjected to magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) using a 1.5 Tesla whole-body MRI system (Siemens Vision, Siemens Medical Systems, Erlangen, Germany). Before the specimen is placed in the magnet, the site at which ultrasonic speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements will be performed is marked on the skin on the medial and lateral aspect of the heel using India ink. Vitamin E capsules are then secured to the skin over the medial and lateral India ink skin mark. Vitamin E capsules are secured to the skin using adhesive tape. Vitamin E capsules are easily identified on MR images and mark the ultrasonic beam path on the MR images. The specimen is placed in a knee coil and advanced into the isocenter of the magnet. T1-weighted spin-echo images are obtained with a repetition time TR of 600 msec, an echo time TE of 20 msec, 2 numbers of excitations (NEX), a field of view of 14x14 cm, and a matrix consisting of 256 x 256 picture elements. Images are obtained in the axial, coronal, and sagittal plane. The two-dimensional MR images are reconstructed using the built in scanner software and are displayed on the scanner viewing console. The axial image that displays the medially and laterally placed Vitamin E capsules marking the ultrasonic beam is selected and the following distances are measured: (a) thickness of the calcaneus in the area of the ultrasonic beam path, (b) medial soft tissue thickness, i.e. sum of subcutaneous fat and muscle medially, (c) lateral soft tissue thickness, i.e.
sum of subcutaneous fat and muscle laterally. These MRI distance measurements are performed using calipers provided with the scanner software that are manually placed at the various tissue interfaces. The sum of the thickness of the medial and the lateral soft tissue layer measured by MRI is calculated and is assigned baseline soft tissue thickness (DSOft tissue baseline) Such measurements can be correlated with the ultrasonic results obtained herein.
The specimen is removed from the MRI system and submitted to ultrasonic scanning. Ultrasonic interrogation described herein is performed both pre- and post-operatively. Ultrasonic measurements are performed using a prototype ultrasonic system that is capable of two-dimensional image acquisition and display using B-scan technology in addition to SOS and BUA measurements. A small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied to the skin and the ultrasonic transducers are placed against the skin at the previously marked skin site at the medial and lateral aspect of the heel.
Two-dimensional gray-scale images of the heel are obtained at the measurement site. The distance from the probe/skin interface to the soft tissue/bone interface, i.e. the soft tissue thickness, is measured on the medial and the lateral side of the heel at the measurement site. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the medial and the lateral side of the heel is calculated. SOS and BUA are then measured in the same location. The measured SOS and BUA values are assigned as baseline SOS
(SOSbaseune) and baseline BUA (BUAb~~;"e).
Tissue samples composed of skin, subcutaneous fat, and muscle are obtained from the abdominal region of a beef carcass. The hair is removed from all tissue samples prior to cutting. Tissue samples are cut into slices with thicknesses ranging from 1-30 mm at 1 mm increments. Slices that are thinner than 5 mm are composed only of subcutaneous fat. Slices that are 5 mm and more thick are cut in a fashion so that they contain a muscle layer that does not exceed 3 mm in thickness in addition to skin and subcutaneous fat. Alternatively, after the operation fat tissue may be obtained from the amputated tissue.
The specimen is removed from the ultrasonic system. A 1 mm slice of bovine tissue is placed at the medial aspect of the heel. The specimen along with the slice of bovine tissue secured to the medial measurement site is returned into the ultrasonic device, a small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied medially and laterally, and (a) speed of sound, (b) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, and (c) medial and lateral soft tissue thickness are measured. Measured soft tissue thickness consists of both peripheral bovine and underlying human soft tissue. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the medial and the lateral side of the heel is calculated.
The specimen is removed from the ultrasonic system. A 1 mm slice of bovine tissue is placed at the lateral aspect of the heel in addition to the slice previously placed at the medial aspect of the heel. The specimen along with the slices of bovine tissue secured to the medial and lateral measurement site is returned into the ultrasonic device, a small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied. medially and laterally, and (a) speed - - _ . _.
of sound, (b) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, and (c) medial and lateral soft tissue thickness are measured. Measured soft tissue thickness consists of both peripheral bovine and underlying human soft tissue. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the medial and the lateral side of the heel is calculated.
The experiment is repeated in a step-wise fashion while increasing first the medial and then the lateral soft tissue thickness, each in 1 mm increments, by using thicker slices of bovine tissue up to a maximum of 30 mm of medial bovine slice thickness and 30 mm of lateral bovine slice thickness.
As the thickness of the soft tissue layers interposed in the ultrasonic beam path increases, speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation values decrease continuously. However, since baseline speed of sound and baseline broadband ultrasonic attenuation prior to increasing soft tissue thickness above normal levels are known, correction factors for speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation can be calculated for individual soft tissue thicknesses similar to the methods presented in Example 1. Such correction factors can be stored in a "look-up table".
Alternatively, such values may be obtained using the type of measurements in Example 1. Such look-up tables can be used in human subjects to correct speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements of the calcaneus for the thickness of the overlying soft tissue layer. Such look-up tables are particularly useful for patients with compromised cardiac, renal, hepatic, or vascular function with peripheral edema. Such look-up tables can be used in such patients to (a) correct for pathologic increases in soft tissue thickness resulting from tissue edema and to (b) correct for variations in the amount of edema and associated soft tissue thickness which can be seen with worsening of the patient's underlying medical condition or improvement of the patient's underlying medical condition, for example due to medical intervention. Such look-up tables can also be used to correct for diurnal changes, e.g. small amount of peripheral edema and associated soft tissue thickness in the morning and large amount of peripheral edema and associated soft tissue thickness in the evening.
Since soft tissue swelling can be asymmetrical, i.e. affect one side, medial or lateral, more than the other side, the experiment is repeated, with the slices of bovine tissue only applied to the medial side of the heel. In this model of asymmetrical, unilateral medial soft tissue edema, the experiment is repeated in a step-wise fashion while increasing the thickness of the medial soft tissue layer in 1 mm increments from 1 mm up to a maximum of 30 mm. The same experiment is then repeated with the slices of bovine tissue only applied to the lateral side of the heel while increasing the thickness of the lateral soft tissue layer in 1 mm increments from 1 mm up to a maximum of 30 As the thickness of the soft tissue layers interposed in the ultrasonic beam path increases, speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation decrease continuously.
However, since baseline speed of sound and baseline broadband ultrasonic attenuation prior to increasing soft tissue thickness above normal levels are known, correction factors for speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation can be calculated for individual soft tissue thicknesses in this model of asymmetrical edema similar to the methods presented in Example 1. Such correction factors for asymmetrical medial or lateral soft tissue edema can be stored in a "look-up table". Such look-up tables can be used in human subjects to correct speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements of the calcaneus for the thickness of the overlying soft tissue layer in 5 asymmetrical edema. Such look-up tables are particularly useful for patients with compromised cardiac, renal, hepatic, or vascular function and asymmetrical peripheral edema.
In another series of experiments, all overlying soft tissues are surgically removed from the specimen's heel and the bony surface of the calcaneus is exposed.
10 Speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements of the calcaneus are repeated over the same measurement site used in the previous experiments.
Thus, true speed of sound (SOS,rue) and true broadband ultrasonic attenuation (BUAtr"e) of the calcaneus are determined unaffected by any, not even normal, overlying soft tissues.
The SOS and BUA measurements described above for bilateral symmetrical, unilateral 15 asymmetrical medial, and unilateral asymmetrical lateral edema are repeated using the previously prepared slices of bovine tissue.
As the thickness of the soft tissue layers interposed in the ultrasonic beam path increases, speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation values decrease continuously. However, since true speed of sound and true broadband ultrasonic 20 attenuation prior to increasing soft tissue thickness are known, correction factors for speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation can be calculated for individual soft tissue thicknesses similar to the methods presented herein. Example 1.
Such correction factors can be stored in a "look-up table".--Such look-up tables can-be used in -human subjects to correct measured speed of sound or measured broadband ultrasonic 25 attenuation of the calcaneus for the presence and thickness of any normal or pathologically enlarged overlying soft tissue layer. Such look-up tables provide an estimate of true speed sound and true broadband ultrasonic attenuation independent of overlying soft tissue thickness. Such corrections are particularly useful for comparing different individuals and populations, since SOS and BUA measurements corrected in 30 this fashion will not be affected by normal variations in soft tissue thickness or pathologic increases in soft tissue thickness, e.g. in the presence of tissue edema.
Example 3: Correction of Tissue Edema Induced Changes in Speed of Sound of the Calcaneus using Previously Published Data on SOS in Various Soft Tissues This example documents, among other things, how speed of sound can be corrected for variations in thickness of the soft tissue located within the ultrasonic beam path by measuring the thickness of the interposed soft tissue layers using A-scan or B-scan technology and by eliminating soft tissue induced changes in measured SOS
of the calcaneus using previously known and published data for soft tissue SOS. Such corrections are particularly useful in patients who have abnormally thick soft tissues such as patients with peripheral edema secondary to compromised cardiac, renal, hepatic, or vascular function. Corrections of measured SOS for soft tissue thickness like the one developed in this example can be used as an alternative or an improvement to the corrections and derivations of the corrections presented in Examples 1 and 2, i.e.
corrections assuming linear, non-linear, exponential, logarithmic or other functions. One skilled in the art will readily recognize substitute materials and methods to correct speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements for thickness of the soft tissue interposed in the beam path.
Five patients with compromised cardiac function and peripheral edema are selected. A trained physician examines all five patients clinically for visual or palpatory evidence of edema in the morning before 10 am and in the evening after 5 pm.
Edema is clinically evaluated anterior to the tibia by visual inspection and manual palpation.
Using standard clinical techniques (see Bates et al., J.B. Lippincott, 1995), edema is subdivided into 5 grades:
0.) absent, 1.) slight, 2.) mild, 3.) moderate, and 4.) severe.
Ultrasonic measurements are performed in each patient in the morning before 10 am and in the evening after S pm shortly after the clinical examination using a prototype ultrasonic system that is capable of two-dimensional image acquisition and display using B-scan technology in addition to SOS and BUA measurements. The patient's foot is secured in the ultrasonic device so that the heel of the foot rests on the heel pad of the device and the posterior aspect of the heel touches the back-wall of the instrument (see also FIG. SC). The measurement site is marked on the skin with India ink on the left and right side of the heel. A small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied to the skin and the ultrasonic transducers are placed against the skin at the measurement site.
Two-dimensional gray-scale images of the heel are obtained at the measurement site. The distance from the probe/skin interface to the soft tissue/bone interface, i.e. the soft tissue thickness, is measured on the left and the right side of the heel at the measurement site. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left and the right side of the heel (Dsort tissue) is calculated. SOS and BUA are then determined in the same location.
For determining SOS, the instrument measures initially the total travel time of the ultrasonic beam through the calcaneus and the medial and lateral soft tissue (Ttota,).
Since the device registers the physical distance between the medial and the lateral transducer and since both are in contact with the skin medially or laterally, the total thickness of the heel (DheeO is known. Global speed of sound for combined bone and soft tissue components is thus calculated as:
SOSG~obal = l~hee~ / Z'cota~ (Eq. 9J
This measurement and calculation is widely used in most current ultrasonic instruments used for measuring calcaneal speed of sound. However, it is evident that not only bone, but also soft tissue components contribute to the total travel time which explains why calcaneal SOS is artifactually lowered in the presence of soft tissue swelling.
Using equations 10-16 described below, true calcaneal SOS without alterations resulting from soft tissue layers interposed in the ultrasonic beam path can be calculated. Total travel time through bone and soft tissues (Ttotai) c~ also be described as:
Ttotat = Tcalcaneus '~' Tsoft tissue [Eq. 10], where T~aica~eus is the travel time of the ultrasonic beam through the calcaneus and Tso~ tiss"e is the travel time of the ultrasonic beam through the soft tissues medial and lateral of the calcaneus. Thus, T~aicaneus is defined as:
Tcalcaneus - Ttotal - Tsofi tissue [Eq. 11 ).
Tsoft tissue is defined as:
Tsoft tissue - Dsoft tissue ~ S~Ssoft tissue EEq. 12~
Dsoct tissue is measured using A-scan or B-scan technology (see also Examples -General Materials and Methods) and represents the sum of soft tissue thickness medial and lateral to the calcaneus. SOSsoft tissue is known for different soft tissues from the literature (see Goss et al., J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 1978). For example, speed of sound of human fat tissue has been reported to be 1479 m/sec at 37° Celsius (see Goss et al., J.
Acoust. Soc. Am., 1978). Thus, Tso~ tissue can be calculated by measuring Dsort tissue using A-scan or B-scan technology and by using previously published data for SOSsoft tissue.
Since Tto,~, has been measured and Tson tissue has been calculated using Eq.
12, T~aicaneus can be determined using Eq. 11.
The thickness of the calcaneus (D~a,~aneus) can be determined using the following equation:
Dcalcaneus = Dheel - Dsofttissue ~Ed. 13~.
Thus, true calcaneal speed of sound without any soft tissue interference is defined as:
SOScai~neus - Dcalcaneus ~ Tcalcaneus [Eq. 14j, Or SOScalcaneus = Dheel - Dsoft tissue ~ Ttotat - Tsoft tissue [Eq. 15], Or S~Scalcaneus = Dheel - Dsoft tissue ~ (Ttotal - Dsoft tissue ~ S~Ssoft tissue) Clinical examination in all 5 patients will typically show that peripheral edema has increased by the evening when compared to morning. Global speed of sound for combined bone and soft tissue components will be typically decreased in all S
patients in the evening when compared to the morning measurement because of the increase in tissue edema and associated soft tissue swelling. Thus, global speed of sound measurements are subject to diurnal changes dependent on the amount of edema and soft tissue swelling present. True calcaneal speed of sound calculated as described in Eq. 10-16, however, shows only mild variation for each patient between morning and evening measurements indicating that this parameter is less dependent on tissue edema and provides a more accurate description of bone mineral density and structure of the calcaneus.
Example 4: Correlation of Speed of Sound and Broadband Ultrasonic Attenuation of the Calcaneus with Calcaneal Bone Mineral Density Measurements Assessed by Dual X-Ray Absorptiometry in Patients with Peripheral Edema before and after Correction for Soft Tissue Thickness This example documents, among other things, that correlations between speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation and bone mineral density (BMD) of the calcaneus measured by dual x-ray absorpiometry (DXA) deteriorate in the presence of soft tissue edema in patients with compromised cardiac function, compromised renal function, compromised hepatic function, or compromised vascular function. This example documents also that correlations between speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation and BMD of the calcaneus measured by DXA improve when SOS
and BUA measurements are corrected for the thickness of the soft tissue that overlies the calcaneus in the ultrasonic beam path.
Twenty patients with compromised cardiac function and peripheral edema are studied with speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements of the calcaneus and with bone mineral density measurements of the axial and peripheral skeleton using dual x-ray absorptiometry.
Ultrasonic measurements are performed in each patient using a prototype ultrasonic system that is capable of two-dimensional image acquisition and display using B-scan technology in addition to SOS and BUA measurements. The patient's foot is secured in the ultrasonic device so that the heel of the foot rests on the heel pad of the device and the posterior aspect of the heel touches the back-wall of the instrument (see also FIG. 5C). The measurement site is marked on the skin with India ink on the left and right side of the heel. A small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied to the skin and the ultrasonic transducers are placed against the skin at the measurement site.
Two-dimensional gray-scale images of the heel are obtained at the measurement site. The distance from the probe/skin interface to the soft tissuelbone interface, i.e. the soft tissue thickness, is measured on the left and the right side of the heel at the measurement site. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left and the right side of the heel (D~~ tissue) is calculated. SOS and BUA are then measured in the same location.
Dual x-ray absorptiometry (DXA) is performed using a Lunar Expert DXA
system (Lunar Corporation, 313 West Beltline Hwy., Madison, WI 53713). In each 5 patient, DXA measurements are performed in the following anatomic regions:
- In the lumbar spine in AP projection extending from lumbar vertebral level 1 to lumbar vertebral level 4.
- In the lumbar spine in lateral projection extending from lumbar vertebral level 2 to lumbar vertebral level 4 or the next higher lumbar vertebral 10 level that is not superimposed by the iliac crest in the lateral projection;
L2 is excluded from the analysis in those patients in whom ribs are superimposed on this vertebral body.
- In the hip, measuring the intertrochanteric region and the region called "Ward's triangle".
15 - In the distal radius.
- In the calcaneus.
DXA measurements in the calcaneus are performed in the same region that is evaluated with speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements.
Bone mineral density (BMD) measurements in these anatomic regions are expressed as 20 mg/cm2.
Correlations between DXA and SOS and BUA improve when soft tissue thickness is measured ultrasonographically and SOS and BUA are corrected for soft tissue thickness using the methods and devices described in Examples 2 and 3.
25 Example 5: Correction for Edema-Induced Changes in Ultrasonic Probe Position and Its Influence on In-Vivo Reproducibility of Calcaneal Speed of Sound and Broadband Ultrasonic Attenuation This example shows among other things that the presence of peripheral edema does not only affect soft tissue thickness in the beam path thereby altering SOS and 30 BUA directly (see Examples 1-4), but also affects ultrasonic probe position relative to the underlying bone. This examples documents that edema induced changes in ultrasonic probe position over the calcaneus and general variations in ultrasonic probe position over the calcaneus reduce short-term and long-term in vivo precision of SOS
and BUA measurements.
Twenty patients with compromised cardiac performance and peripheral edema are selected for the study. SOS and BUA measurements are performed at different times in the day on two different days: In the morning on day 1 before 9 am and in the evening on day 2 after 6 pm. At each time interval, the degree of peripheral edema is assessed clinically by visual inspection and manual palpation. Using standard clinical techniques (see Bates et al., J.B. Lippincott, 1995), edema is subdivided into 5 grades:
0.) absent, l.) slight, 2.) mild, 3.) moderate, and 4.) severe.
Ultrasonic measurements are performed in each patient using a first prototype ultrasonic system that is capable of two-dimensional image acquisition and display using B-scan technology in addition to SOS and BUA measurements. The patient's foot is secured in the ultrasonic device so that the heel of the foot rests on the heel pad of the device and the posterior aspect of the heel touches the back-wall of the instrument (see also FIGS. 5A and 5B). A small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied to the skin and the ultrasonic transducers are placed against the skin at the measurement site.
Two-dimensional B-mode gray-scale images of the heel are obtained at the measurement site using this first prototype system. The distance from the probe/skin -- interface to the soft tissue/bone interface, i.e. the soft tissue thickness, is measured on the left and the right side of the heel at the measurement site. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left and the right side of the heel (Dsoa tissue) is calculated.
SOS and BUA are then measured in the same location yielding SOSmeasUrea and BUAmeasured. Measured SOS and BUA are then corrected for soft tissue thickness using methods and techniques similar to those described in Examples 2 and 3 thereby yielding SOS~one~ced and BUA.~o~.ecc~d. The prototype ultrasonic system used for this part of the experiment does, however, not correct for changes in the thickness of the inferior and posterior heel pad secondary to edema.
SOS and BUA measurements are then repeated using a second, different prototype ultrasonic system. This second system is capable of identifying the posterior contour and the inferior contour, e.g.the bright, echogenic cortex, of the calcaneus on the B-scan images. Using these landmarks, the system positions the ultrasonic transducers automatically over a predefined region in the calcaneus, e.g. 1.5 cm anterior to the posterior calcaneal cortex and 1.5 cm superior to the inferior calcaneal cortex. In this fashion, the ultrasonic transducers are reproducibly positioned over the same measurement site in the calcaneus regardless of changes in the thickness of the posterior and inferior heel soft tissue pad (see also FIG. 5C and SD).
Two-dimensional B-mode gray-scale images of the heel are then obtained at the measurement site using the second prototype ultrasonic system. The distance from the probe/skin interface to the soft tissue/bone interface, i.e. the soft tissue thickness, is measured on the left and the right side of the heel at the measurement site.
The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left and the right side of the heel (Dso~ t~ss~e) is calculated. SOS and BUA are then measured in the same location yielding SOSmeas"Ted and BUA~~"red. Measured SOS and BUA are then corrected for soft tissue thickness 1 S using methods and techniques similar to those described in Examples 2 and 3 thereby yleldlrig SOSco,rected ~'1d BUAcorrected.
In-vivo reproducibility between am and pm measurements is better with the second ultrasonic system that adjusts probe position relative to the posterior and the inferior cortex of the calcaneus than with the first prototype system with fixed probe position relative to skin/patient/heel surface. In-vivo reproducibility is best when (a) probe position is adjusted relative to the bony landmarks of the calcaneus, e.g. posterior and inferior cortex of the calcaneus, and (b) SOS",eas"red and BUAn,e~"r~, are corrected for medial and lateral soft tissue thickness thereby yielding SOSeo".ee~d and BUA~o".eeted (see also Examples 2 and 3).
Example 6: Correction for Edema-Induced Changes in Ultrasonic Probe Position and Its Influence on In-Vivo Reproducibility of Calcaneal Speed of Sound and Broadband Ultrasonic Attenuation before and after Diuretic Therapy The experimental design used in this example is identical to that shown in Example 5. However, rather than assessing the influence of diurnal changes in tissue edema between morning and evening measurements, twenty patients with compromised cardiac performance and peripheral edema are studied prior to and two weeks after initiation of diuretic therapy.
The results show that in-vivo reproducibility of SOS and BUA is better when the ultrasonic system is capable of adjusting probe position relative to the anatomic landmarks, e.g. posterior and inferior cortex, of the calcaneus than with an ultrasonic system where the probe position is fixed relative to skin/patient/heel surface. In-vivo reproducibility is best when (a) probe position is adjusted relative to the bony landmarks of the calcaneus, e.g. posterior and inferior cortex of the calcaneus, and (b) SOS",easurea and BUA~"e~"rea are corrected for medial and lateral soft tissue thickness thereby yielding SOS~onectea and BUA~ort~tea (see also Examples 2 and 3).
PUBLICATIONS
U.S. PATENT
DOCUMENTS
3,648,685Mar. 14, 1972 Hepp, J. A., et al.
3,713,329Jan. 30, 1973 Munger, D.
W.
3,782,177Jan. 1, 1974 Hoop, J. M.
3,847,141Nov. 12, 1974 Hoop, J. M.
4,043,181Aug. 23, 1977 Nigam, A. K.
4,048,986Sep. 20, 1977 Ott, J. H.
4,056,970Nov. 8, 1977 Sollish, B.
D.
4,224,829Sep. 30, 1980 Kawabuchi, M., et al.
4,235,243Nov. 25, 1980 Saha, S.
4,242,911Jan. 6, 1981 Martin, H.
E.
4,361,154Nov. 30, 1982 Pratt, G. W.
4,421,119Dec. 20, 1983 Pratt, G. W.
4,446,737May 8, 1984 Hottier, F.
4,522,068Jun. 11, 1985 Smith, G. E.
4,530,360Jul. 23, 1985 Duarte, L.
R.
4,658,827Dec. 21, 1987 He, P., et al.
4,688,428Aug. 25, 1987 Nicolas, J.-M.
4,702,258Oct. 27, 1987 Nicolas, J.-M., et al.
4,774,959Oct. 4, 1988 Palmer, S.
B., et al.
4,830,015May 16, 1989 Okazaki, K.
4,913,157Apr. 3, 1990 Pratt, G. W., et al.
4,930,51 Jun. 5, 1990 Rossman, P.
I J., et al.
5,042,489Aug. 27, 1991 Wiener, S.
A., et al.
5,054,490Oct. 8, 1991 Rossman, P.
J., et al.
5,099,849Mar. 31, 1992 Rossman, P.
J., et al.
5,119,820Jun. 9, 1992 Rossman, P.
J., et al.
5,218,963Jun. 15, 1993 Mazess, R.
B.
5,271,403Dec. 21, 1993 Paulos, J.
J.
5,343,863Sep. 6, 1994 Wiener, S.
A., et al.
5,349,959Sep. 27, 1994 Wiener, S.
A., et al.
5,452,722Sep. 26, 1995 Langton, C.
M.
5,483,965Jan. 16, 1996 Wiener, S.
A., et al.
5,603,325Feb. 18, 1997 Mazess, R.
B., et al.
5,649,538Jul. 22, 1997 Langton, C.
M.
FOREIGN PATENT DOCUMENTS
WO 80/02796 June 9, 1980 Pratt, G.
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
Agren, M., et al., Calc Tiss Int, vol. 48, pp. 240-244, 1991.
Bates, B., et al., in: "A guide to physical examination and history taking, 6th edition", Bates, B., et al., eds., pp. 427-447, 1995.
Biot, M. A., J Acoust Soc Am, vol. 34, pp. 1254-1264, 1962.
Bradenburger, G., et al., J Bone Miner Res, vol. suppl. 1, pp. S184, 1992.
Dretakis, E., et al., Br J Radiol, vol. 67, pp. 636-638, 1994.
Faulkner, K. G., et al., Am J Roentgenol, vol. 157, pp. 1229-37, 1991.
Gluey, C. C., et al., J Bone Min Res, vol. 7 (9), pp. 1071-1079, 1992.
Gluey, C. C., et al., Calc Tiss Int, vol. 55, pp. 46-52, 1994.
Goss, S. A., et al., J Acoust Soc Am, vol. 64 (2), pp. 423-457, 1978.
Greespan, M., et al., J Acoust Soc Am, vol. 31, pp. 75-76, 1959.
Hans, D., et al., Bone, vol. 16, pp. 476-480, 1995.
Lang, P., et al., Radiol Clin North Am, vol. 29, pp. 49-76, 1991.
Langton, C. M., et al., Bone, vol. 18, 6, pp. 495-503, 1996.
Langton, C. M., et al., Eng Med, vol. 13, pp. 89-91, 1984.
McCloskey, E. V., et al., Clin Sci, vol. 78, pp. 221-227, 1990.
Njeh, C. F., et al., Med Eng Phys, vol. 18, pp. 373-381, 1996.
Rossman, P. J., et al., Clin Phys Physiol Meas, vol. 10, pp. 353-360, 1989.
Schott, A. M., et al., Osteoporosis Int, vol. 3, pp. 249-254, 1993.
Turner, C. H., et al., Calc Tiss Int, vol. 49, pp. 116-119, 1991.
Williams, J. L., J Acoust Soc Am, vol. 91, pp. 1106-1112, 1992.
Williams, P., et al. "Gray's anatomy, 36th British Edition", 1980.
Zagzebski, J. A., et al., Calc Tiss Int, vol. 49, pp. 107-111, 1991.
All documents and publications, including patents and patent application documents, are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each publication were individually incorporated by reference.
30 By way of introduction, and not limitation of the various embodiments of the invention, the invention includes at least seven general aspects:
1 ) an ultrasonic method of measuring thickness of soft tissues interposed in the ultrasonic beam path in conjunction with measurements of speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation;
2) a method of correcting measured speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation for errors introduced by soft tissues interposed in the beam path between the ultrasonic transducers and the object to be measured;
3) an ultrasonic method that identifies anatomic landmarks of the structure to be measured and subsequently positions the ultrasonic probes over the measurement area using these anatomic landmarks;
4) an ultrasonic method that identifies anatomic landmarks adjacent to the structure to be measured and subsequently positions the ultrasonic probes) over the measurement area using these anatomic landmarks;
5) an ultrasonic method that identifies anatomic landmarks using different transmission angles;
6) an ultrasonic method that measures ampliture as a function of enerty, BUA or SOS or both using different transmission angles; and 7) devices and systems to achieve or facilitate the methods 1 through 6.
These aspects of the invention, as well as others described herein, can be achieved using the methods and devices described herein. To gain a full appreciation of the scope of the invention, it will be further recognized that various aspects of the invention can be combined to make desirable embodiments of the invention. For example, the aspects 1 and 2- of the invention can be combined with aspects 3 and/or 4 of the invention thereby improving reproducibility of measurements of SOS and BUA
even further.
3.0 AUTOMATED SYSTEM FOR POSITIONING ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCERS AND
RELATED METHODS
Ultrasonic -~vst m and ,an~mnrlr notnrtinr~' ~ctvss~c The present invention includes an ultrasonic system for ultrasonic interrogation of heel tissue for BUA or SOS. The system is based, in part, on improving BUA
or SOS measurements by creating a anatomical landmark, anatomical maps ("maps") or both. In the preferred embodiments the ultrasonic system is adapted to provide anatomical landmarks and interrogate tissues for either broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic system for tissue BUA or SOS
measurements using anatomic landmarks that can be identified by the system.
Such a system can include an ultrasonic transducer unit for BUA, SOS, or both comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals. A
computational unit can be part of the system and is designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the ultrasonic transducer unit and to process signals to identify an anatomical landmark in an anatomical region, as well as BUA and SOS
measurements.
For instance, the computational unit is designed to process ultrasonic signals received from the ultrasonic transducer unit to generate an anatomical map of the anatomical region and identify the anatomic landmark within the anatomical region. The map can provide computer stored coordinates to locate the anatomic landmark within the anatomical region or map for current or future aid in positioning the transducer with x, y positioners, as described herein or known in the art. Typically, anatomical landmarks are about 10 percent or less of the area of a map and preferably less than about 2 to 0.2 cm. Preferably, the transducer units and computational unit have adapted A-scan or B-scan operation and more preferably can be used for measuring other ultrasonic properties as described herein or have transducers adapted to measure such other properties. Preferably, the process of identifying an anatomical landmark is programmed into the computational unit to permit highly automated interrogation. Such an anatomical landmark can either allow an operator to -locate a transducer or allow a __.
computer to locate a transducer or some combination thereof.
In many embodiments of a landmark system it will be useful to compare landmarks within an anatomical region for BUA or SOS measurement. The same landmark may be compared at different times (intra-landmark comparison) or one or more landmarks may be compared (inter-landmark comparison). For instance, an intra-landmark comparison can be used during a single interrogation protocol that entails multiple interrogations of the same region with reference to a particular anatomical landmark. The computational unit can also further comprise a database comprising reference anatomical maps and the computational unit is further designed to compare the anatomical map with the reference anatomical map. The reference anatomical map may be historic (from the same or another patient, generated as part of an interrogation protocol), or theoretical or any other type of desired reference map. The reference map can include a reference anatomical landmark, or if desired the landmark may be stored alone.
S
The present invention includes an ultrasonic system for ultrasonic interrogation of tissue. The system is based, in part, on improving ultrasonic measurements by creating a desired axis of transmission or spatial relationship between two ultrasonic transducers and their transmission paths (or reception paths). In the preferred embodiments, the ultrasonic system is adapted to interrogate dense tissues to measure either broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound.
Typically, such a system includes a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer. The axis of transmission is usually through a portion of a dense tissue and usually the transducers are not permanently fixed but are capable of being repositioned to a predetermined or desired location. The two transducers can be aligned (e.g. mechanically aligned) to have a common axis of transmission. In such situations, the transducers will be generally directed at each other to receive signals from each other. In some applications, the transducers may not have an axis of transmission in common but are instead arranged to each have a predetermined axis of transmission, wherein each transducer may send signals that can be received by the other transducer without having a common axis of transmission. The axis of transmission for each transducer will have an angle of transmission associated with it. Preferably, the transducers are adapted for A
scan or B
scan mode. Alternatively, tandem transducers can be used wherein each tandem transducer is comprised of 1 ) a transducer designed for A scan or B scan, and 2) a transducer designed for either broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements or both. It is understood that a tandem transducer can be paired so that, for instance, the broadband ultrasonic transducer in the first tandem transducer transmits signals and the broadband ultrasonic transducer in the second tandem transducer receives signals.
In some embodiments the axis of transmission of each transducer is predetermined or selected in advance of, or during, transmission or reception of, ultrasonic waves. The axis of each transducer can be adjusted or directed to permit either 1) a partial overlap (typically less than about a twenty percent overlap in the acoustic field), 2) a substantial overlap (typically more than about a twenty percent overlap in the acoustic field), 3) a complete overlap (typically more than about a ninety percent overlap in the acoustic field) or 4} no overlap (typically less than about a five S percent overlap in the acoustic field) with an axis of transmission of another transducer.
Partial overlap of each axis of transmission facilitates interrogation of tissue from two separate interrogation sites while pemitting 1) interrogation of tissue by a single transducer (where there is no substantial overlap of each axis of transmission) or 2) interrogation of tissue by two or more transducers (where there is a partial overlap of each axis of transmission). Typically, the sites of interrogation are at least about 1 cm apart, often at least about 4 cm apart and sometimes about 6 cm or more cm apart.
Transducers at interrogation sites can also be positioned on different faces or sides of a tissue to be interrogated (e.g. on the medial and lateral portion of an appendage). In many of these embodiments the transducers receive signals from each other.
Preferably, 1 S tandem transducers are used that are adapted or programmed to receive signals from each other.
The invention, however, is not limited to such embodiments and a plurality of predetermined axes of transmission for plurality of transducers can be established, wherein the transducers are either adapted not receive signals from other transducers in the system or the signals received and transmitted by each transducer are separately processed. Similarly, substantial or complete overlaps can be achieved if so desired in some embodiments.
Multiple transducers can also be used to create multiple overlaps between each-axis of transmission. Each axis of transmission can overlap the same area in a tissue to 2S permit interrogation of the tissue by multiple transducers from separate interrogation sites. For example, multiple transducers can be directed to have overlapping axes of transmission to form a desired interrogation volume or path in the tissue (e.g. an interrogation volume substantially shaped like a column or cone). Multiple transducers creating common interrogation volumes from separate interrogation sites using overlapping axes of transmission can improve resolution of internal structures or surfaces.
Without limiting aspects of the invention to a particular mechanism of action, common interrogation volumes can give rise to enhanced, or more precise, ultrasonic measurements due to any one or combination of the following factors. One, reduction in interference and scatter by comparing ultrasonic properties (e.g.
ultrasonic data in the form of A scan or B scan) from each transducer and selecting the data with the least amount of interference to use in a reconstruction, map or ultrasonic analysis of the 5 tissue. Two, reduction in ultrasonic wave attenuation (not necessarily broadband ultrasonic attenuation) by comparing ultrasonic properties (e.g. ultrasonic data in the form of A scan or B scan) from each transducer and selecting the data with the least amount of attenuation to use in a reconstruction, map or ultrasonic analysis of the tissue.
Three, signal averaging between each transducer participating in constructing the 10 interrogation volume. Such signal averaging would typically account for the different interrogation sites location of each transducer, the amount of axis of transmission overlap or selection of the most accurate data generated for each transducer or a combination thereof. Four, predetermined noise amplitude cancellation by transmitting ultrasonic waves from a first transducer to cancel ultrasonic waves generated from a 15 second transducer that are creating ultrasonic waves or disturbances that causes the noise. Five, unreceived, anticipated signal analysis, which entails analyzing the absence of, or change in, signals that are anticipated or predicted to be received by a detector.
The absence or change in signals will be indicative of the presence of structures in the path that remove or alter the transmitted ultrasonic signal.
20 Interference, scattering and attenuation, as well as other sources of error, may vary between transducers because the transducers are located at separate interrogation sites offering different interrogation paths with varying levels of interference, scattering, attenuation; etc. This is based, in part, on the property of ultrasonic hysteresis meaning either 1) the path of an ultrasonic signal transmitted by a transducer through an object of 25 varying compositions with a heterogenous organization returns to the transducer by a different path and with an altered wave form or 2) the path of an ultrasonic signal transmitted by a first transducer through an object of varying compositions with a heterogenous organization will be received by a second transducer by a different path and with an altered wave form compared to an ultrasonic signal transmitted by the 30 second transducer through the same object and received by the first transducer.
For example, a model interrogation site has layers, from the first side of the object to the second side of the object, of A, B, and C. Wherein layer A, B
and C all have different speed of sound constants, and different microstructures contributing to interference, attenuation and scatter. A signal moving from A to C and back again will have traveled a different path than a signal moving from C to A and back again. A
transducer that transmits and receives signals at an interrogation site on the surface of layer A will receive a different set of signals compared to a transducer that transmits and receives signals at an interrogation site on the surface of layer C.
Alternatively, a signal moving from A to C will have traveled a different path than a signal moving from C to A. A transducer that receives signals at an interrogation site on the surface of layer C from a transducer sending signals from layer A will receive a different set of signals compared to a transducer that receives signals at an interrogation site on the surface of layer A from a transducer located on the surface of layer C. Consequently, the received signals will have different properties dependent on the path taken through the object.
The different interrogation paths of each transducer offers the ability to sample the data from each path and select the best or appropriate data using defined selection criteria, thereby reducing the source of error or enhancing interrogation of the tissue.
For example, in an interrogation of a tibial region a transducer placed on the anterior surface of the tissue may have a sharp and intense reflective surface 1 cm below the surface of the skin indicating bone. The same interrogation site will have little ability to interrogate the muscle "behind" the bone. A second transducer positioned at a second interrogation site on the posterior region of the same tibial region will offer relatively greater ability to interrogate the muscle "behind" the bone compared to the first interrogation site since the muscle is now interrogated using ultrasonic waves that have not been deflected off or attenuated by bone. Data analysis that selects and combines data from each interrogation, and optionally including signal averaging, can be used to- - - - .
generate a reconstruction, map, or ultrasonic analysis of the tissue. Such positioning methods and devices can be used with BUA or SOS, as well as imaging techniques.
Methods and devices used to generate a common interrogation volume, as well as other methods and devices herein, can aid in producing anatomic maps of the tissue or imaging of the tissue. It can also be used in conjunction with invasive procedures as guide or monitor of the progress of the procedure, such as catheterization, trocar based procedures or other types of surgery.
Some examples of different embodiments of tandem transducers related to an axis of transmission are as follows:
1 ) a common axis of transmission with each transducer substantially orthogonal to the tissue plane, 2) a common axis of transmission with each transducer not substantially orthogonal to the tissue plane (e.g. a first transducer has a transmission angle S 75 degrees and a second transducer has a transmission angle of 105 degrees), 3) a predetermined axis of transmission for a first transducer and a second transducer, wherein there is a partial overlap of each predetermined axis of transmission of the first and second transducer and each transducer is substantially orthogonal to the tissue plane, and 4) a predetermined axis of transmission for a first transducer and a second transducer, wherein there is a partial overlap of each predetermined axis of transmission of the first and second transducer and each transducer is not substantially orthogonal to the tissue plane.
Some examples of different embodiments of plurality of transducers (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or more) related to a desired interrogation volume are as follows:
5) a desired interrogation volume generated from a common axis of transmission with each transducer substantially orthogonal to the tissue plane, 6) a desired interrogation volume generated from a plurality of transducers each having an axis of transmission at a predetermined angle with respect to the other transducers or the tissue plane (e.g. a first transducer has a predetermined angle of 60 degrees with respect to a second transducer and a predetermined angle of 120 degrees with respect to a third transducer); and 7) a desired interrogation volume generated from a predetermined axis of transmission for a first transducer and a second transducer, wherein there is a partial overlap of each predetermined axis of transmission of the first and second transducer and each transducer is substantially orthogonal to the tissue plane.
Generally, the system will include an x, y positioner that engages the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer to locate each transducer in the appropriate position on the object to be interrogated. Usually, the x, y positioner positions the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer while generally maintaining the axis of transmission. The x, y positioner can be designed to include positioning of each transducer independently or positioning of each transducer while simultaneously maintaining a common axis of transmission. The x, y positioner can position the ultrasonic transducer at a desired location along the x axis and y axis of the system. Typically, the x axis is the horizontal axis and the y axis is vertical axis.
Preferably, a z-positioner will be included in the positioning unit to move a transducer to or away from an interrogation site.
A computational unit can be included in the system to manage ultrasonic measurements. Typically, the computational unit is designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer. It may also be designed to optionally control movement of the positioning unit (e.g. x, y positioner). By monitoring signal transmission and reception the computational unit can instruct the x, y positioner to appropriately locate the transducers in order to achieve the desired relationship between the axis of transmission of each transducer. For example, FIG. 1 shows one method of instructing a positioner and interrogating a tissue based on anatomical maps. In many instances the computational unit can be programmed to instruct the x, y positioner to establish a common axis of transmission between the two transducers. As described herein, this is a particularly useful embodiment for broadband ultrasonic attenuation and speed of sound measurements in the human heel.
It is also contemplated to use such a system in other anatomical regions where ultrasonic measurements would benefit from controlled or predetermined x, y positioning with two or more probes (e.g. imaging). Typically, the computational unit - is programmed to generate anatomical maps-using.either A scan or B scan data or both. - .
Maps can also be generated using other ultrasound parameters, e.g. Doppler information or flow information acquired with ultrasonic contrast agents.
In greater detail, FIG. 1 shows one embodiment of the invention relating to methods of interrogating a tissue, generating an anatomical map or instructing a positioner to position a transducer(s). An anatomical map is generated from data obtained by interrogating the tissue at a first transducers) positions) (n,).
This can be done using any ultrasonic measurement, such as A scan or B scan or both. A
clinical measurement is then made at the first position n,. Any clinical measurement can be used including, SOS, BUA, x-ray, or tomography, as well as a surgical procedure. The process of interrogation, map generation and clinical measurement can be repeated at each subsequent position (n~, n2, ...). Optionally, the anatomical map can be compared to a reference map that is usually stored in the computational unit. When a suitable match occurs with the reference map, interrogation can be initiated. Such matches can be based on predetermined match criteria, including anyone or combination of the following criteria: percentage of contour overlap, homology between ultrasonic features in a given map (such as the percentage of features in common), and the proximity of a set of coordinates in the anatomical map to a defined set of coordinates in the reference map. If no match occurs, the positioner repositions the transducer(s), another interrogation occurs and another map is generated and compared to the reference map.
This process can be repeated until the desired match is obtained or until it is determined that no suitable match is possible. Typically, the positioner moves the transducer in increments until the desired location or interrogation site has been reached and the tissue is interrogated for clinical measurement, such as speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurement. Such methods can be adapted as instructions for components of a monitoring system that form a computer program product.
A system (e.g. BUA or SOS measurements) that includes one, two, or more ultrasonic transducers, a positioning unit (e.g. an x, y positioner), and a computational unit for signal management and transducer positioning offers a number of advantages.
First, transducer positioning can be automatically established without significant operator intervention, as well as with operator direction to a desired position. Second, accuracy and reproducibility of transducer positioning can be improved by appropriately programming the computational unit. Finally, adjustments to transducer positioning during interrogation can be accomplished with minimized interruption of the interrogation process.
In another embodiment the computational unit directs a positioning unit to position the transducer unit with reference to the anatomical landmark prior to BUA or SOS measurement. Preferably, anatomical landmarks in the heel are less than about 2 cm2, more preferably about less than 1 cm2, and most preferably less than about 0.5 cm2, unless the anatomical landmarks are based on contours. The transducer can be positioned by an iterative process to find a preprogrammed landmark (e.g.
historic) or to identify a landmark by preprogrammed criteria. Typically, the computational unit is designed to instruct the transducer unit to transmit and receive signals after positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark. This process can be repeated and is outlined in FIG. 2.
In greater detail, FIG. 2 shows another embodiment of the invention relating to methods of interrogating a tissue for BUA or SOS, identifying an anatomical landmark 5 and instructing a positioner to position a transducer(s). The transducers) is (are) positioned. An anatomical map is generated from data obtained by interrogating the tissue at a first transducers) positions) (n~). This can be done using any ultrasonic measurement, such as A-scan or B-scan or both. A comparison of the map to landmark criteria is then made to identify a landmark at the first position n~. The process of 10 positioning, interrogation, map generation and comparison can be repeated at each subsequent position (n1, n2, ...). After a landmark has been identified, a BUA
or SOS
measurement can be initiated. Typically, a computational unit directs a positioning unit to position the transducer unit with reference to an anatomical landmark. The transducer can be positioned by an iterative process to identify a landmark, e.g. based 15 on preprogrammed landmark criteria. Typically, the computational unit is designed to instruct the transducer unit to transmit and receive signals after positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark. Such methods can be adapted as instructions for components of a monitoring system that form a computer program product.
20 The ultrasonic system can further comprise a positioning unit for changing the spatial relationship between the anatomic landmark in the heel and the ultrasonic transducer unit, thereby permitting interrogation for BUA or SOS with reference to the anatomic -landmark in the anatomical region by positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark. The computational unit can further comprise a 25 display for showing the anatomical map.
The system may optionally include a z positioner that engages and/or positions at least one or more ultrasonic transducers. Preferably, both transducers can be positioned in the z dimension by the z positioner. The z positioner changes the distance of transmission along the axis of transmission between the first ultrasonic transducer 30 and the second ultrasonic transducer. Typically, it changes the distance between the transducer and the interrogation with minimal compression of the interrogated tissue. A
pressure sensor can be included on the surface of the transducer or other location to moW for transducer pressure against the interrogated tissue. The pressure sensor can be part of control unit to regulate the amount of transducer pressure at the interrogation site by adjusting the transducer location in the z dimension with the z positioner.
If desired, an electronic feedback loop can be included to adjust the transducer position in the z dimension in response to changes in pressure, which could arise from patient S movement, tissue swelling or other factors that contribute to changes in transducer pressure. The z positioner can position the ultrasonic transducer at a desired location along the z axis of the system. Typically, the z axis is the axis perpendicular to the x axis which is the horizontal axis, and the y axis is the vertical axis. The z positioner moves the transducers) along the z-axis further or closer to the surface of the anatomical location.
The system may optionally include, or be designed as a dedicated device, to achieve speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements or both.
Typically, in such a system the computational unit can estimate speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation in an interrogated tissue. Preferably, the computational unit can correct the speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements for errors generated by soft tissue effects. The Examples offer a number of methods for such correction. To accomplish correction methods the system may optionally include a computational unit that comprises a database of correction factors for soft tissue thicknesses and either speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements. The database may also be comprised of factors related to empirical measurements of soft tissue and broadband ultrasonic attenuation, including historic patient records for comparison.
The x, y positioner included in the system can be any positioner that can accurately position a transducer and maintain the transducer position during interrogation. The x, y positioner can be those known in the art of positioning devices or those developed in the future or disclosed herein. In selecting an x, y positioner the following features should considered and incorporated into the x, y positioner design depending on the application: 1 ) ease of movement of the positioner preferably with automated control, 2) integration of the positioner into a computer control system, 3) accuracy of positioning (preferably within about ~ Smm, more preferably about ~ lmm and most preferably about ~ O.OSmm), 4) speed of achieving a new position should typically be less than 2 to 4 seconds, and S) ability of the x, y positioner to either locate one transducer or two transducers. It is understood that the x, y positioner may be configured in many arrangements. For instance, the x, y positioner may be designed as one positioning system that moves each transducer concurrently or as two x, y positioners that move each transducer independently yet in a coordinated fashion with respect to each transducer. The x, y positioner can be manually controlled, operator computer controlled, or automatically controlled with minimal or no operator intervention or a combination thereof. Preferably, the system is capable of all three modes of operation. If a manual mode is incorporated into the device, the x, y positioner typically includes a grip to manually direct the first and second transducers over a desired anatomic region. Positioners in the art may used as well, such as those provided by Newport (Irvine, California), including stages for rectilinear motion. The positioning unit can be operated and designed for manual, computer operator or automatic operation. Positioning units can be those devices known in the art or described herein to accomplish such functions.
In one embodiment, the x, y positioner can comprise a frame to maintain the axis of transmission between the first and second ultrasonic transducers. In this embodiment the x, y positioner maintains a "fixed" axis of transmission. Typically, these types of positioners can be less expensive to operate and robust under a variety of clinical conditions because the axis of transmission is fixed, typically during manufacture or in an adjustment protocol. Thus, the x, y positioner is not required to locate the transducer with respect to one another since this is predetermined. Instead the x, y positioner can be primarily designed to locate the transducer in tandem with a fixed common axis of transmission in relation to the anatomic region of interrogation. Typically, the frame engages an x-track and the x track engages a y track, thereby an operator can move the first and second ultrasonic transducers manually in either an x or y dimension or combination thereof with respect to an anatomic region. It is understood, however, that such tracks could also be located on separate frames without a fixed common axis of transmission between the two transducers and that a common axis of transmission could be established. The x, y positioner can be designed to accommodate an appendage.
Typically, the appendage is held in a predetermined position in the ultrasonic system relative to the x, y positioner. Preferably, the x, y positioner is automatically controlled by the computational unit. In one arrangement, the computational unit instructs an x servo-motor to drive the first ultrasonic transducer and second transducer in the x dimension and a y servo-motor to drive the first ultrasonic transducer and second transducer in the y dimension.
A key and useful feature of some embodiments of the invention is an ultrasonic system wherein the computational unit comprises a computational program to identify an anatomic landmark (e.g. in the heel in conjunction with BUA or SOS
measurements), as described further herein. For example, the ultrasonic system can be designed wherein the computational unit is designed to instruct the x, y positioner to position the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer to interrogate the anatomic landmark. Usually, the x, y positioner generally maintains the axis of transmission between the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer and generally through the anatomic landmark.
The anatomical landmark that is selected is part of an anatomical region appropriate for BUA or SOS measurements in the heel, such as locations of dense bone.
Other anatomical regions can be selected from the group consisting of a knee and tibia.
1 S The x, y positioner can be adapted to accommodate the anatomical site.
Preferably, at least the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer are adapted for either speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation (or both) measurements inheel tissue comprising bone. In another embodiment the computational unit can identify an anatomic landmark in an interrogated tissue and direct the x, y positioner to position over the anatomic landmark, thereby the first ultrasonic transducer and second ultrasonic transducer have an axis of transmission generally through the anatomic landmark.
As an example of the invention, the use of an x, y positioner either alone or in conjunction with an anatomic landmark can facilitate speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements in the heel. In FIGS. 3A and B the effect of soft tissue swelling is illustrated in ultrasonic measurements. By including an x, y positioner in an ultrasonic system, the transducers can be positioned to generally maintain an interrogation site that takes into account tissue swelling (or possibly growth). The x, y positioning system can also be used to generate a common axis of transmission for ultrasonic measurements, such as speed of sound measurements or broadband ultrasonic attenuation. By including a landmark detection system, as described herein, even more reproducible and accurate measurements can be made.
In one embodiment, the invention includes methods and devices for correcting for soft tissue in assessment of bone structure or dense tissue, particularly for osteoporosis. An ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in dense tissues, comprising:
a) interrogating a tissue with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, b) interrogating the tissue with the ultrasonic transducer to determine soft tissue thickness in the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both by correcting for the soft tissue thickness, wherein the determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of a broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, or speed of sound value in dense tissue than in the absence of correcting for soft tissue thickness.
The ultrasonic method can include a further refined determining step that further comprises adjusting either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound in the tissue or both for the soft thickness based on a database of ultrasonic measurements from comparable tissues. The database measurements include soft tissue thickness and either a) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, b) speed of sound or c) both. The determining step can comprise adjusting either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, 2) speed of sound in the tissue or 3) both for the soft thickness based on a correction factor.
These methods can be applied at the heel. Often such measurements can include calculating speed of sound for calcaneus tissue using Equation 16 or other equations or methods described herein or described in the art.
In a related embodiment of the invention, soft tissue thickness measured in a patient is compared to reference soft tissue thickness obtained from a control population (e.g. age-, sex-, race-, or weight-matched normal subjects). Reference soft tissue thickness can be generated by measuring soft tissue thickness in healthy subjects with normal vascular, cardiac, hepatic, or renal function and no other underlying medical condition. Reference soft tissue thicknesses can be expressed as but are not limited to, mean and standard deviation or standard error. Reference soft tissue thicknesses can be obtained independently for patients 15-20, 20-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-60, 60-70, 70-80, WO 99/45845 PC'f/US99/05234 and 80 and more years of age. Reference soft tissue thicknesses for these age groups can be obtained separately for men and women and for race (e.g. Asian, African, Caucasian, and Hispanic subjects). Additionally, reference soft tissue thicknesses can be obtained for different subject weights within each age, sex, and racial subgroup.
5 Individual patients can be compared to a reference soft tissue thickness. If patient's soft tissue thickness is elevated, a correction factor can be applied. The amount/magnitude of correction factor is influenced by the magnitude of increase in soft tissue thickness that can be influenced by the magnitude of fat, fibrous, and muscle tissue contribution. Clinical study groups can be evaluated to generate databases for 10 further study or to generate more refined correction factors. Such study groups include:
non-edematous non-osteoporotic premenopausal, non-edematous non-osteoporotic postmenopausal, non-edematous osteoporotic postmenopausal; edematous non-osteoporotic premenopausal, edematous non-osteoporotic postmenopausal, and edematous osteoporotic postmenopausal patients. In each study group the following 15 procedures can be performed for comparison: dual x-ray absorptiometry ("DXA") of the spine, hip, or calcaneus, along with SOS and BUA measurements or quantitative computed tomography ("QCT"). Evening measurements are preferred (the time of maximum edema; and clinically frequent times for outpatient ambulatory office visits).
Without limiting the invention to a particular mechanism of action, the inventors 20 believe that correlation between DXA measurements and SOS and BUA will be better in non-edematous patients than in edematous patients (artificial change of SOS
and BUA due to pathologic soft tissue thickening). Correction for soft tissue thickness can also improve- the accuracy and discriminatory power of SOS and BUA in non-edematous and edematous patients. Even non-edematous patients will have variations 25 in soft tissue thickness due to diet, obesity, sport related conditioning, hormonal influences, and the like. Such methods can also be used to identify population with an increased or decreased risk of bone fracture, particularly the fracture of the hip, spine, or long bones.
;loft Tissue Correction Devices 30 Current ultrasonic probes for measuring SOS and BUA are hand positioned using visible or palpable regions on the skin surface (e.g. sole of the foot, posterior margin of the heel). In the calcaneus, pathologic soft tissue thickening, e.g.
from tissue edema, will change the position of the calcaneus relative to the transducer on the skin surface. Thus, the transducers) will measure over the same external area, but will not measure the same area in the calcaneus. This effect can be particularly pronounced if edema/soft tissue thickness changes between follow-up examinations (e.g.
baseline examination in am with little or no edema, follow-up examination in pm with more pronounced edema). Thus, changes in probe position relative to the calcaneus or other bone will affect reproducibility of SOS and BUA as well as other US
measurements significantly.
FIG. 4A shows an example demonstrating the influence of soft tissue thickness on measurements of broadband ultrasonic attenuation. As the thickness of the soft tissue interposed in the scan path increases, measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation values, in this example of the calcaneus, decrease.
FIG. 4B shows an example demonstrating the results when measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation is corrected for thickness of the soft tissue layers interposed in the scan path. This correction is typically performed by measuring soft tissue thickness with A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics. As the soft tissue thickness increases, corrected broadband ultrasonic attenuation values do not change significantly.
FIG. 5A shows an example of a typical prior art device for measuring the speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation in a healthy non-edematous patient. The position of the patient's foot 500, of the calcaneus 510, and of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 are fixed with respect to the device frame 530.
FIG. 5B shows an example of a typical prior art device for measuring the speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation in a patient with peripheral edema. Edema increases the thickness of the soft tissue inferior and posterior to the calcaneus. Since the position of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 is fixed relative to the device frame 530, a more inferior and posterior region is measured within the calcaneus 510 when compared to FIG. 5A that is even partially outside the calcaneus 510.
FIG. 5C shows one embodiment of the invention with a probe for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a healthy non-edematous patient. The position of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 is not fixed with respect to the device frame 530 but is determined, for example, based on landmarks or anatomical maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics.
FIG. 5D shows the same embodiment of the invention as seen in FIG. 5C with a probe for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a patient with peripheral edema. Edema increases the thickness of the soft tissue inferior and posterior to the calcaneus. Since the position of the ultrasonic interrogation site 520 is not fixed relative to the device frame 530, but is determined, for example, based on landmarks or anatomical maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics, the interrogation site in the calcaneus remains substantially constant in the presence of peripheral edema and does not change significantly compared to conditions illustrated in FIG. 5C.
FIG. 6A shows another embodiment of the invention with a device for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a healthy non-edematous patient. The position of the patient's foot 600 and of the calcaneus 610 are not fixed with respect to the device frame 650.
The ultrasonic transducer 620 is, however, attached 630 to the device frame 650. The foot 600 is placed on a foot holder 640 that can be moved in the x- or y-direction 660.
The foot 600 and the calcaneus 610 are positioned relative to the ultrasonic transducer 620 for example based on landmarks or anatomic maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics.
FIG. 6B shows the same embodiment of the invention as demonstrated in FIG.
6A with a probe for measuring for example speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation of the calcaneus, in this case in a patient with peripheral edema.
Since the position of the foot 600 and of the calcaneus 610 is not fixed relative to the device frame 650, but is determined, for example, based on landmarks or anatomical maps using A-scan or B-scan ultrasonics, the interrogation site of the ultrasonic transducer 620 at the calcaneus remains substantially constant in the presence of peripheral edema and does not change significantly when compared to the condition illustrated in FIG.
6A.
FIG. 7A shows another embodiment of the invention comprising two ultrasonic transducers 700 attached to an x-positioner 710 and a y-positioner 720. The heel 730 and the calcaneus 740 are seated on a foot holder 750. The ultrasonic transducer 700 is brought in contact with the heel 730 using a z-positioner member 760 that can move in and out of a frame 770 continuously or in a stepwise fashion. The ultrasonic transmission axis 780 is also shown.
FIG. 7B is a side view of the ultrasonic transducer 700, the x-positioner 710, and the y-positioner 720 shown in FIG. 7A showing the tracks of each positioner.
Typically, one positioner will engage the other positioner to permit x, y movement either concurrently (moving in both directions simultaneously) or sequentially (moving in one dimension first and then in a second dimension).
FIG. 7C shows another embodiment of the invention. The ultrasonic transducers 700 are attached to a positioning system 790 that affords movement of the transducers in x, y, and z-direction, as well as angulation of the transducers 700 and the resultant ultrasonic transmission axis 780. The angulation position of the transducers 700 and the ultrasonic transmission axis 780 is substantially zero.
FIG. 7D shows the ultrasonic transducers 700 attached to a positioning system 790 that affords movement of the transducers in x, y, and z-direction, as well as angulation of the transducers 700 and the resultant ultrasonic transmission axis 780.
The angulation position of the transducers 700 and the ultrasonic transmission axis 780 is substantially different from zero.
FIG. 7E shows an expanded view of the embodiment presented in FIGS. 7A-D.
The ultrasonic transducer 700 is attached to a positioning system 790 that affords movement of the transducers in x, y, and z-direction, as well as angulation of the transducers 700. The ultrasonic beam 795 has substantially zero angulation.
FIG. 7F shows an expanded view of the positioning system 790 and the ultrasonic transducers 700 with inferior angulation of the ultrasonic beam 795.
FIG. 7G shows an expanded view of the positioning system 790 and the ultrasonic transducers 700 with superior angulation of the ultrasonic beam 795.
FIG. 8A is a front view of another embodiment of the invention where the transducer 800-is moved along an x, y- positioner 810 using electromagnetic forces rather than using a mechanical or electro-mechanical x, y-positioner.
FIG. 8B shows a side view of the transducer 800 and the electromagnetic x, y-positioner 810. The transducer 800 is brought in contact with the heel (not shown) using a z-positioner member 830 that is moved in and out of frame 840.
FIG. 8C shows a modification of the embodiment present in FIG. 8B. The sides of the transducer 800 are isolated from the electromagnetic x, y-positioner 810 using a flexible or movable electromagnetic insulator 840.
Many of the positioning embodiments of the invention can be used to assist in enhancing such measurements and as described further herein anatomical landmarks can also be used to enhance measurements.
For example, in one embodiment an A-scan or B-scan ultrasonic device is used to identify a contour or landmarks of the calcaneus or other bone.
Specifically, the posterior and inferior margin or other bony landmarks of the calcaneus (or other bone) are detected and registered spatially, e.g. on a coordinate system in the system computer. The transducers) for BUA and SOS measurements are subsequently positioned using the bone margins or landmarks (inferior and posterior or other) as reference points or using the coordinate system. On follow-up examinations in the same patient, the system will automatically or using operator assistance find the same bony margins/landmarks and position the transducers) over the same measurement sites) of the calcaneus or other bone that was evaluated during the previous examination (s).
This type of positioning ensures reproducible placement of the transducers) over the same measurement area of the calcaneus or other bone. In-vivo reproducibility of any type of SOS and BUA will be markedly improved using this technique. This technique is also applicable for improving reproducibility of measurements of soft tissue or internal organs, as described herein.
4.O ULTRASONIC SYSTEMS AND LANDMARK DETECTION SYSTEMS
The present invention includes an ultrasonic system for ultrasonic interrogation of tissue. The system is based, in part, on improving ultrasonic measurements by creating a anatomical landmark, anatomical maps ("maps") or both. In the preferred embodiments the ultrasonic system is adapted to provide maps and interrogate tissues for either broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements.
The invention also includes an ultrasonic system for tissue ultrasonic interrogation using anatomic landmarks that can be identified by the system.
Such a system can include an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals. A computational unit can be part of the system and is designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of the ultrasonic transducer unit and to process signals to identify an anatomical landmark in an anatomical region. For instance, the computational unit is designed to process ultrasonic signals received from the ultrasonic transducer unit to generate an anatomical map of the anatomical region and identify the anatomic landmark within the anatomical region.
The map can provide computer stored coordinates to locate the anatomic landmark within the anatomical region for current or future aid in positioning the transducer with x, y positioners, as described herein or known in the art. Preferably, the transducer units and computational unit have adapted A scan or B scan operation and more preferably 5 can be used for measuring other ultrasonic properties as described herein or have transducers adapted to measure such other properties. Preferably, the process of identifying an anatomical landmark is programmed into the computational unit to permit highly automated interrogation. Such an anatomical landmark can either allow an operator to locate a transducer or allow a computer to locate a transducer or some 10 combination thereof.
In addition, echogenic markers can be introduced, either temporarily or permanently, as anatomic landmarks in a predetermined position. Such landmarks include: biocompatible metal probes, needles, stems, or other plastic, metal, or gas containing objects with a securing member to attach to the landmark in the desired 15 position.
Typically, landmarks are based on least one ultrasonic property and preferably two or three or more different properties. For instance, the landmark system may be part of a computational unit further designed to process received ultrasonic signals from the ultrasonic transducer unit to generate at least one data set of an ultrasonic property 20 (e.g. A-scan) and to generate the anatomical map from at least some of the data set. The map itself can be an ultrasonic property correlated with the x, y position of the x, y positioner. It is understood that the data set may have more data than is necessary to - generate a particular map or a map may be produced..from a selection of data from said __ data set. In one embodiment the ultrasonic property is selected from the group 25 consisting of broadband ultrasonic attenuation, echogenicity, reflective surfaces, distances from the transducer unit, speed of sound, ultrasonic images, Doppler information and information obtained with ultrasound contrast agents.
Combinations of these properties can generate particularly useful maps. For instance, an anatomic landmark may be identified by ultrasonic images in conjunction with echogenic 30 surfaces. Using multiple properties can help tailor the type of landmark desired to be identified. Landmark systems are particularly useful in areas where patient morphology may change but a particular anatomical feature may not, such as dense bone in the heel.
In many embodiments of a landmark system it will be useful to compare landmarks within an anatomical region. The same landmark may be compared at different times (intra-landmark comparison) or one or more landmarks may be compared (inter-landmark comparison). For instance, an intra-landmark comparison can be used during a single interrogation protocol that entails multiple interrogations of the same region with reference to a particular anatomical landmark. The computational unit can also further comprise a database comprising reference anatomical maps and the computational unit is further designed to compare the anatomical map with the reference anatomical map. The reference anatomical map may be historic (from the same or another patient, generated as part of an interrogation protocol), or theoretical or any other type of desired reference map.
Anatomical landmarks are extremely useful in positioning the transducer(s). In an exemplary surgical protocol, landmarks can be identified in the tissue to be examined and during the endoscopic procedure surgical instruments can be manipulated with respect to such landmarks. Computer control of the transducers can maintain visualization of the landmarks during the procedure. In addition, the computational unit can direct instruments or instruct physicians to direct the instruments in relation to the landmarks.
In another embodiment the computational unit directs a positioning unit to position the transducer unit with reference to the anatomical landmark. The transducer can be positioned by an iterative process to find a preprogrammed landmark (e.g.
historic) or to identify a landmark by preprogrammed criteria. Typically, the computational unit is designed to instruct the transducer unit to transmit and receive signals after positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark.
This process can be repeated and is outlined in FIG. 2.
In greater detail, FIG. 2 shows another embodiment of the invention relating to methods of interrogating a tissue, identifying an anatomical landmark or instructing a positioner to position a transducer(s). The transducers) is (are) positioned.
An anatomical map is generated from data obtained by interrogating the tissue at a first transducers) positions) (n,). This can be done using any ultrasonic measurement, such as A scan or B scan or both. A comparison of the map to landmark criteria is then made to identify a landmark at the first position nl. The process of positioning, interrogation, map generation and comparison can be repeated at each subsequent position (n~, n2, ...). After a landmark has been identified, a clinical measurement or surgical procedure can be initiated. Typically, a computational unit directs a positioning unit to position the transducer unit with reference to an anatomical landmark.
The transducer can be positioned by an iterative process to identify a landmark, e.g. based on preprogrammed landmark criteria. Typically, the computational unit is designed to instruct the transducer unit to transmit and receive signals after positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark. Such methods can be adapted as instructions for components of a monitoring system that form a computer program product.
The ultrasonic system can further comprise a positioning unit for changing the spatial relationship between the anatomic landmark in the anatomical region and the ultrasonic transducer unit, thereby permitting interrogation with reference to the anatomic landmark in the anatomical region by positioning the transducer unit with respect to the anatomical landmark. The computational unit can further comprise a display for showing the anatomical map.
Preferably, the positioning unit is selected from the group consisting of a positioning unit that positions the transducer unit, a positioning unit that positions the anatomical region or a positioning unit that can position both. The positioning unit can be operated and designed for manual, computer operator or automatic operation.
The positioning unit can be manually operated to interrogate an anatomical region, such as an ankle. Positioning units can be those devices known in the art or described herein to accomplish such functions.
In one embodiment the invention includes an ultrasonic system for tissue . __ ultrasonic interrogation for broadband ultrasonic attenuation, comprising:
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with a first axis of transmission through a first anatomical region to be interrogated and the first ultrasonic transducer is adapted for longitudinal transmission, b) a second ultrasonic transducer with a second axis of transmission through a second anatomical region to be interrogated and adapted for longitudinal reception, wherein the first anatomical site and the second anatomical site permit monitoring broadband ultrasonic attenuation and speed of sound between the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer, c) a positioning unit to position the first ultrasonic transducer with respect to the first anatomical region and to position the second ultrasonic transducer with respect to the second anatomical region, and d) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission of the first ultrasonic transducer, to manage ultrasonic signal reception of the second ultrasonic transducer and to control the positioning unit.
The transducers are adapted for either longitudinal transmission or reception or both. Longitudinal transmission refers to transmission of signals between two transducers. Longitudinal reception refers to reception of signals between two transducers. Transducers or the computation unit can be adapted for such transmission and reception by including the pulse protocols, frequencies and analysis methods.
Typically, the positioning system can independently position each transducer to establish a desired spatial relationship between the axis of transmission for each transducer, including a common axis of transmission. For example, the positioning unit can comprise an x, y positioner for the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer. Typically, the first axis of transmission is generally the same axis of transmission as the second axis of transmission. Preferably, the ultrasonic system includes a computational unit comprising a computer program product to generate an anatomic landmark to assist in reproducible positioning of the first ultrasonic transducer and the second ultrasonic transducer and the positioning unit comprises a z positioner controlled by the computational unit.
~.O METHODS FOR GENERATING OR IDENTIFYING ANATOMICAL LANDMARKS
The invention also includes an ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation, comprising:
a) positioning, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of the pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of the pair is designed to receive signals, and b) interrogating the anatomical region with the ultrasonic transducer unit, and c) identifying an anatomic landmark in the anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of the anatomical region, and d) optionally storing the anatomic landmark in a storage device.
The ultrasonic method can further comprise the steps of comparing the location and axis of transmission of the ultrasonic transducer unit to the location of the anatomic landmark and positioning the ultrasonic transducer unit to produce an axis of transmission generally through the anatomic landmark. Steps a, b, and c can be optionally repeated. This can increase accuracy or permit close matching of observed landmarks with reference maps or landmarks. Each positioning step can be performed in relation to an anatomic lmdmark. The positioning steps are typically performed to generate an axis of transmission substantially through the anatomic landmark.
Although the transmission axis can be in a predetermined coordinate or desired spatial relationship with respect to the landmark. The positioning steps can be performed to in relation to a reference anatomic landmark of the anatomical region that is stored in retrievable form on a storage device.
In some embodiments, it will be desirable to generate anatomical maps and landmarks, as well as images, with signals from multiple transmission and detection angles. Generally, it will be desirable to place the probe in a position that is substantially orthogonal to the object plane in order to measure layer thickness accurately. In many situations, it will be desirable to transmit a series of pulses at different transmission angles, usually about S to 10 degrees apart. This permits generating an image or alternatively a map or landmark from different interrogation paths. Typically, transmission angles can differ in 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 degree increments or multiples thereof. Preferably, a series of transmission angles will be used, as measured with respect- to the object plane, such as 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65 and 60 _ degrees. It will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art that transmission angles of 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115 and 120 degrees can also be used. In some embodiments, selection of the transmission angle is based on whether a common axis of transmission is desired.
In various embodiment of the invention, transmission angles can converge or diverge from an ultrasonic source or sources. Generally, there is seldom a limitation as to whether convergent or divergent transmission angles can be used in the invention.
Some applications will, however, operate more effectively by selecting the appropriate angle arrangement. To retain a narrower field of interrogation, a single ultrasonic source can be used at relatively small divergent angles, such as no more than about a 20 to 30 degree total divergence in transmission angles. For a wider field of interrogation multiple ultrasonic sources can be used with divergent angles. If a narrow field of interrogation is desired, multiple ultrasonic sources can be used with convergent transmission angles.
5 To vary transmission angles, typically a first pulse has a first transmission angle with respect to the object plane and a second pulse has a second transmission angle with respect to the object plane, wherein there is a predetermined divergent angle between the first and second pulse or a convergent angle between the first and second pulse. The predetermined divergent or convergent angles can be selected to improve the 10 measurement of a ultrasonic parameters generated in A scan or B scan. The selection of transmission angles typically takes into account the depth in the field where the target reflective layer (or layers) is likely to be located (target reflective layer depth), the likely thickness of the target reflective layer (target reflective layer thickness), object composition and distances between ultrasonic sources (if multiple sources are used).
15 Generally, the total range of transmission angles oc will not be greater than 45 degrees, and preferably 30 degrees or less.
The divergent angle separates a first position and second position of an ultrasonic source or sources and the first pulse has a centered first axis of transmission and the second pulse has a centered second axis of transmission, wherein the first and 20 second axis do not converge. Usually the divergent angle between the first and second pulse is between S to 90 degrees, and preferably between about 5 and 20 degrees.
The convergent angle separates a first position and second position of an ultrasonic source or sources and the first pulse has a centered first axis of transmission and the second pulse has a centered second axis of transmission, wherein the first and 25 second axis converge. Usually the convergent angle between the first and second pulse is between 5 to 90 degrees, and preferably between about 5 and 20 degrees.
Different transmission angles can be accomplished by any method known, developed in the art or in the future or described herein. Typically, the invention includes three different methods (with the corresponding devices) for varying the 30 transmission angle: 1 ) mechanically changing position of the transducers) with respect to the plane of the tissue, 2) providing multiple transducers with predetermined positions that correspond to predetermined transmission angles and 3) steering ultrasonic beams from multiple ultrasonic sources (typically arrays) with predetermined firing sequences. For cost effective production of devices only one of these methods will typically be used in a device. If more sophisticated devices are desired, such methods can also be combined to gain the benefit of the different methods.
To vary transmission angles using a mechanical device, typically the first and second pulses are from a first ultrasonic generator. The first generator has at least a first and a second position. The first and second position are mechanically connected. The generator is guided from the first position to the second position with a mechanical connection. The first and second position (or more positions for more transmission angles) for the ultrasonic generator can be connected using any connection that changes the transmission angle of the ultrasonic generator in an accurate and controllable fashion. Typically, a sweep through alI of the desired positions, either in increments or continuously, should be completed within about 0.02 to 2 seconds, preferably within 200 to 500 milliseconds and more preferably within 20 to 200 milliseconds.
These time values also apply to other methods of varying the transmission angle. Such a device can be mounted on or engaged by an x, y positioner to locate the tranducers at a desired anatomical region.
In one embodiment, the invention utilizes a mechanical connection comprising a mechanical motor that can oscillate a generators) at least once from the first to the second position (or more positions) in order to vary the transmission angle.
This device can be used to create maps, identify anatomical landmarks, and measure BUA or SOS
or other ultrasonic methods described herein. The mechanical motor typically provides a frame time of oscillation from 10 to 2500ms. Any mechanical motor that can produce - - - a position change in such a time frame in response-to an electrical command signal and can be adapted for use in a hand-held probe can be preferably used to vary the transmission angle of ultrasonic generators, such as crystals or arrays of crystals. Such a device can be mounted on or engaged by an x, y positioner to locate the tranducers at a desired anatomical region.
In one design the mechanical motor has at least a first and second magnet to move the ultrasonic generator on a track, and the generator further comprises a magnetic source or magnetically attractive material that magnetically communicates with the first or second magnet to change the transmission angle. Magnetic switching of an ultrasonic generator position is particularly desirable because the magnet can be turned off and on relatively rapidly, and directed to change polarity relatively rapidly. Such magnetic systems can provide smooth position changes and relatively noise free performance. The track can be any mechanical device that directs the ultrasonic generator between positions. In some instances the track will comprise a groove that engages the ultrasonic generator and permits the ultrasonic generator to pivot around an axis to allow for the probe to sweep across the desired transmission angles.
First and second magnet refers to magnets that can be used to move an ultrasonic source from a first to a second position. Magnets may be permanent or induced by applying an electric current to the appropriate electronic device. For example, an electric current can be applied to a wire arranged in a loop or coil-like configuration and the magnetic field created can be controlled by a predetermined electrical switch. The current induces a magnetic field that can be manipulated depending on the pattern of applied current or by the design of the coil or both. Additional magnets can be used for additional position for multiple placement.
In another embodiment, the invention utilizes permanently fixed ultrasonic generators with different, individual transmission angles to accomplish mapping, anatomical landmarks, BUA or SOS, or other ultrasonic methods described herein.
Typically, a first pulse is from a first ultrasonic generator and second pulse is from a second ultrasonic generator, wherein the first and second ultrasonic generators are permanently fixed in a first and a second position. More than two ultrasonic generators can be used as well but usually not more than about 10 ultrasonic generators will be used in this embodiment, unless they are arrays of crystals.
In another embodiment, the invention utilizes predetermined patterns of ultrasonic source activation that result in different transmission angles to accomplish mapping, anatomical landmarks, BUA or SOS, or other ultrasonic methods described herein. For example, a predetermined pattern of ultrasonic source activation can comprise 1 ) a first series of trigger pulses that sequentially fires an array of ultrasonic crystals starting from a first end to a second end of the array and 2) a series of trigger pulses that sequentially fires the array from a second end to a first end of the array. The first series of pulses have a biased direction along a first portion of the field of the interrogated object, i.e. the beams are steered to one side of the field. This sequence of pulses can be repeated at different time frames in order to change the average transmission beam angle. Similarly, the second series of pulses have a biased direction along a second portion of the field of the interrogated object, i.e. the beams are steered WO 99/45$45 PCT/US99/05234 to a second side of the field. This sequence of pulses can be repeated at different time frames in order to change the average beam angle. With linear arrays this method permits the use of either divergent or convergent transmission angles without mechanically moving the ultrasonic source to change the transmission angle.
Averaged beams obtained by this method with different transmission angles can then be used to calculate BUA or SOS or other ultrasonic methods as described herein.
As part of the predetermined pattern of ultrasonic source activation, simultaneous triggering pulses may also be used in conjunction with sequential firing patterns. Simultaneous firing of the ultrasonic sources effectively provides a series of beams, which can be optionally averaged, to provide orthogonal probe position relative to a reference plane. When the ultrasonic source is orthogonal to the object/tissue plane, the transmission angle of simultaneously fired beams will be ninety degrees.
If the probe has a non-orthogonal position, then the transmission will be more or less than ninety degrees. By comparing the signals generated from sequentially fired pulses to simultaneously fired pulses, the deviation from an orthogonal probe position can be calculated to accomplish mapping, anatomical landmarks, BUA or SOS or other ultrasonic methods described herein. Comparison of ultrasonic parameter (e.g.
BUA or SOS) from the averaged signals of both the sequentially generated pulses and the simultaneously generated pulses will be indicative of the difference in tissue structure ascertained at different transmission angles. If so desired, this information can be transmitted back to the operator, for instance on a monitor, to alert the operator to tissue abnormalities or status. Once the operator has evaluated the results, the operator may instruct the system to adjust the probe to achieve orthogonal probe alignment for interrogation of that particular tissue.
The trigger pulses described herein can be particularly optimized to enhance measurement of BUA or SOS in vivo, such as in humans or other objects described herein. To steer a series of beams to create an averaged beam with a specific transmission angle, each ultrasonic crystal is triggered with a lp.s to SOOp,s delay between the firing of each crystal. By increasing the delay between firing each crystal, the depth of interrogation and the transmission angle of the averaged beam can be changed. Ultimately, depth of interrogation will be limited by the dimensions of the transducer near and far field (Bushberg, J.T., Seibert, J.A., Leidholdt, E.M., Boone, J.M., The Essential Physics of Medical Imaging 1-742 (1994)). The trigger pulses are WO 99/45$45 PCT/US99/05234 timed to delay, such as an exponential delay, the firing of the crystals (crystals 1-5) over a 15 sec time period. The firing sequence causes a delay across the array in order to steer to the target and provide an averaged beam (of five beams in this example) with a predetermined transmission angle illustrated as 75 degrees.
The following materials and methods are exemplary of the materials and methods that can be used to achieve the results described herein. These examples are for illustrative purposes only, and are not to be construed as limiting the appended claims.
One skilled in the art will readily recognize substitute materials and methods.
General Materials and Methods:
In vivo ultrasonic measurements are performed using a prototype ultrasonic system capable of measuring speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation in the heel region. The device is also capable of measuring distances between different acoustic/tissue interfaces using A-scan technique.
The ultrasonic system consists of two ultrasonic sources mounted on a U-shaped plastic frame. A hinge is located in the center portion of the U-shaped plastic frame that allows for adjusting the distance between the ultrasonic transducers for each individual patient. The physical distance separating both transducers is registered for each patient using an electronic system that employs a potentiometer. The U-shaped plastic frame is connected to a plastic housing on which the patient can rest the fore- and mid-foot and in particular the heel comfortably. The ultrasonic sources are placed by the operator on the left and-the right side of the foot in the heel region. An ultrasonic gel is used for acoustic coupling. The operator adjusts the frame and the attached ultrasonic sources visually so that they are flush with the skin and near perpendicular to the skin surface.
The ultrasonic system is designed with a central processing unit responsible for pulsing the ultrasonic transducers) and crystal(s), registering signals returned from the transducer, preamplification of the electronic signal, time gain compensation, signal compression, signal rectification, demodulation, and envelope detection, signal rejection, signal processing, analysis and display of SOS, BUA, and soft tissue and bone distance measurements. Transducers operate at a center frequency of 1 MHz.
However, transducer center frequency can be switched from 1 to 0.5 MHz. As the interrogation frequency of the micro-transducer decreases, generally, the ability to resolve reflective surfaces at deeper depths improves. The lower frequency is used in obese or edematous patients in whom tissue penetration with the 1 MHz probe is insufficient.
With each measurement the device registers initially the physical distance 5 between both transducers. The device then measures (a) speed of sound, (b) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, and (c) soft tissue thickness on the medial and lateral side of the heel. Broadband ultrasonic attenuation is calculated by subtracting the amplitude spectrum of a patient from one obtained in a reference material (e.g. de-gassed water).
As an alternative to ultrasonic distance measurements using A-scan technique, 10 ultrasonic measurements can also be performed using another prototype system that is capable of two-dimensional image acquisition and display using B-scan technology in addition to SOS and BUA measurements. This ultrasonic system also uses two or more ultrasonic sources mounted on a hinged, U-shaped plastic frame. The physical distance separating both transducers is registered for each patient using an electronic system.
15 After positioning of the patient and the transducers and application of the acoustic coupling gel, data are acquired in B-scan mode. Two-dimensional gray-scale images of the various tissue layers are obtained. Images are displayed on a computer monitor attached to the scanner hardware.
Distance measurements are performed by saving a representative image 20 displaying the various tissue layers, e.g. skin, subcutaneous fat and bone, on the display monitor. A trained physician or operator identifies the various tissue interfaces visually and places cursors manually at the probe/skin and the soft tissue/bone or other interfaces. Software provided with the ultrasonic scanner is then used to calculate the -distance between the cursors. All measurements are expressed in mm.
25 All experiments performed on animal subjects (including humans) shall be performed with the highest ethical and medical standards and in accordance with the relevant laws, guidelines and regulations of the relevant governing jurisdictions) or professional association(s), including, where appropriate, compliance under 45 relating to United States federal policy for the protection of human subjects.
Example 1: Computational Correction of Tissue Edema Induced Changes in Speed of Sound and Broadband Ultrasonic Attenuation of the Calcaneus This example documents, among other things, that ultrasonic measurements of speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation are significantly affected by tissue edema. Such edema is frequently encountered in a large variety of medical conditions.
Patients with compromised cardiac function, compromised renal function, compromised hepatic function, or compromised vascular function frequently develop tissue edema in the lower extremities. This example also documents that the accuracy of speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements can be improved by measuring the thickness of the soft tissue that overlies the calcaneus in the beam path and by correcting for the error in SOS and BUA of the calcaneus caused by such soft tissue.
Speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements are performed in a 35 or 38 year old healthy male volunteer.
Ultrasonic measurements are performed using a prototype ultrasonic system that is capable of two-dimensional image acquisition and display using B-scan technology in addition to SOS and BUA measurements. The volunteer's foot is placed in the 1 S ultrasonic system so that it rests inferiorly and posteriorly on the heel pad of the device (see FIG. 5C). The measurement site is marked on the skin with India ink on the left and right side of the heel. A small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied to the volunteer's skin and the ultrasonic transducers are placed against the skin at the .
measurement site.
Two-dimensional gray-scale images of the heel are obtained at the measurement site. The distance from the probe/skin interface to the soft tissue/bone interface, i.e. the soft tissue thickness, is measured on the left and the right side of the heel at the measurement site. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left and the right side of the heel is calculated. SOS and BUA are measured in the same location.
The volunteer's foot is removed from the ultrasonic device. The measurement site at the medial and the lateral aspect of the heel is then cleaned with iodine solution for disinfection. A 20 cc syringe is then filled with 1 % Xylocaine solution (Astra Pharmaceuticals, Westborough, MA 01581). A sterile 25 Gauge needle is attached to the syringe. The needle is inserted into the subcutaneous tissue of the foot and 1 cc of Xylocaine solution is injected into the tissue at the measurement site on the left side of the heel followed by injection of lcc of Xylocaine solution on the right side of the heel.
The volunteer's foot is placed back in the ultrasonic device. Transducers are positioned at the measurement site on the left and right side of the heel as described above and ultrasonic soft tissue distance measurements and measurements of SOS
and BUA are repeated.
This experiment is repeated for multiple injection volumes. Injected volumes are increased by lcc with each new experiment on each side up to a total injected volume of 5 cc on each side.
In this model of soft tissue edema, SOS can decrease by approximately 1-2 percent with increasing soft tissue thickness as is shown in FIG. 3A. BUA
values can decrease by approximately i 0-20 percent with increasing soft tissue thickness as is shown in FIG. 4A. (Note that actual attenuation of broadband ultrasonic waves increases as soft tissue thickness increases, while BUA values (dB/MHz) decrease as soft tissue thickness increases. This distinction is often not recognized in the literature, which leads to misleading or potentially misleading conclusions about the effect of soft tissue on actual attenuation of broadband ultrasonic waves and BUA values.) While the magnitude of these changes may vary depending on technical factors and injection technique, the model indicates that changes in soft tissue edema can alter SOS
and BUA
measurements of the calcaneus significantly. When this change in SOS or BUA is related to the reference range of SOS and BUA values in normal volunteers, it can be equivalent to a quarter to one half of a standard deviation. This shows that soft tissue edema adds marked inaccuracy in determining a patient's fracture risk.
In some clinical situations, the relationship between soft tissue thickness and induced change in SOS and BUA may be relatively linear as is shown in FIGS. 3A
and 4A. The measured value of SOS and BUA that is obtained with the smallest amount of soft tissue edema, i.e. prior to injection of saline, approximates the true SOS and BUA
of the calcaneus most closely. If the relationship is linear, a linear correction factor can be used to estimate true calcaneal SOS or BUA based on measured SOS or BUA, ultrasonic measured soft tissue thickness in the edematous state (Dede",atous)~ ~d previously measured soft tissue thickness in the non-edematous state (Dm;~).
Estimated true SOS (SOSn"e) can be defined as:
SOStrue = SOS~~ured ~' ~(Dedernatous - Drnin) ~ Ksos] [Eq. 1 ], where SOSmeasured 1S the measured speed of sound, D is the sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left side and on the right side of the heel either in the edematous (Dedematous) or the non-edematous state (Dm;n), and Ksos is a correction factor (in sec). Since the relationship between soft tissue thickness and speed of sound is approximately linear in this model, the correction factor Ksos can be calculated as:
S KSOS - ~ (Dmax - Droin) / (SOS,I,easuredDrnax - SOS~asuredDmin) I [Eq. 2], where D",~X is maximum tissue thickness, i.e. tissue thickness with maximum edema, Dm;" is minimum tissue thickness, i.e. tissue thickness in the non-edematous state, SOSr"easuredDmax is measured speed of sound at maximum tissue thickness and IO SOSr"e~uredDmin is measured speed of sound at minimum tissue thickness.
Using Eq. 2, Ksos equals 0.00037 in the current example shown in FIG. 3A for measurements of speed of sound. Using this correction factor Ksos, speed of sound can be corrected for soft tissue thickness as is shown in FIG. 3B. One skilled in the art will readily recognize substitute equations, including those for non-linear relationships, such as 15 exponential, logarithmic, or polynomial functions.
Estimated true BUA (BUA~"e) can be defined as:
BUAn"e = BUAneasured ~- ~(Dedematous - Dmin) / KBUA] [Eq. 3], 20 where BUAmeasured is the measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation, D is the sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left side and on the right side of the heel either in the edematous (Dedematous) or the non-edematous state (Dm;~), and KBUA is a correction factor (in MHz m /dB ). Since the relationship between soft tissue thickness and broadband ultrasonic attenuation is approximately linear in this model, the 25 correction factor KBUA can be calculated as:
KBUA ' ~ (Drnax - Dmin) / (BUA,t,easuredDmax - BUAmeas~redDmin) I [Eq. 4], where DmaX is maximum tissue thickness, e.g, tissue thickness with maximum 30 edema, Dm;n is minimum tissue thickness, e.g. tissue thickness in the non-edematous state, BUAn,easuredDmax is measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation at maximum tissue thickness and BUA~asuredDmin is measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation at minimum tissue thickness. Using Eq. 4, KBUA equals 0.0014 in the current example shown in FIG.
4A for measurements of broadband ultrasonic attenuation. Using this correction factor KBUA, broadband ultrasonic attenuation can be corrected for soft tissue thickness as is shown in FIG. 4B. One skilled in the art will readily recognize substitute equations, including those for non-linear relationships, such as exponential, logarithmic, or $ polynomial functions..
The prophetic data presented in FIGURES 3B and 4B demonstrate that good estimates of true SOS and true BUA in the non-edematous state can be achieved using equations 1-4.
As an alternative to equations 1 and 2, true SOS without influence of soft tissue contributions (SOStrue without soft tissue) can be calculated using equations $ and 6, if the relationship between soft tissue thickness and SOS is linear or close to linear:
SOStrue without soft tissue = SOS~asured '~' FSOS x DSOSmeasured [Eq. $], 1$ where SOS~"easurea is the measured speed of sound, Dsosmeasurea is the sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left side and on the right side of the heel at the time of the speed of sound measurement, and Fsos is a correction factor (in 1/sec).
Since the relationship between soft tissue thickness and speed of sound is approximately linear in this model, the correction factor Fsos can be calculated as:
Fsos = ~ (SOS,-SOS2) / (D~ - D2) ~ [Eq. 6], where SOS1 is speed of sound measured for a given soft tissue thickness D~, and SOS2 is speed of sound measured for a given soft tissue thickness D2.
2$ Using equations $ and 6 and the data shown in FIG. 3A, true SOS without influence of soft tissue contributions (SOS~e without soft tissue) c~ be calculated as follows:
Fsos = ~ (SOS-SOS2) / (D, - D2) ~ _ _ ~ (1$77 msec-~ - 1$$7 msec') / (0.016 m - 0.023 m) ~ _ = ~ 20 msec-~ / (-0.00? m) ~ _ = 28$7.1 sec ~
SOS~e without soft tissue = SOSn,easured '~ FSOS x DSOSmeasured = 1587 msec-' + 2857.1 sec' x 0.012 m =
= 1587 msec-' + 34.3 msec' -= 1621.3 msec ' As an alternative to equations 3 and 4, true BUA without influence of soft tissue 5 contributions (BUAtr"e w;tt,~ut sore tissue) can be calculated using equations 7 and 8, if the relationship between soft tissue thickness and BUA is linear or close to linear:
BUAhue without soft tissue = BUAmeasured '~ FBUA x DBUAmeasured [Eq. 7], 10 where BUA",~asured is the measured broadband ultrasonic attenuation, DBUAmeasured is the sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left side and on the right side of the heel at the time of the broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurement, and FBUA is a correction factor (in dB / MHz m). Since the relationship between soft tissue thickness and broadband ultrasonic attenuation is approximately linear in this model, the 15 correction factor FBA can be calculated as:
FBUA = I (BUAI-BUA2) / (D~ - D2) I [Eq. 8], where BUA~ is broadband ultrasonic attenuation measured for a given soft tissue 20 thickness DI, and BUA2 is broadband ultrasonic attenuation measured for a given soft tissue thickness D2.
Using equations 7 and 8 and the data shown in FIG. 4, true BUA without influence of soft tissue contributions (BUA~"e ,~";~,out soft tissue) can be calculated as follows:
FBUA = I (BUA,-BUA2) / (D~ - D2) I =
= I (54.9 dB MHz ' - 49.8 dB MHz ' ) / (0.016 m - 0.023 m) I =
_ ~ 5.1 dB MHz' / (-0.007 m) I =
= 728.6 dB MHz' m' 3O BUAttue without soft tissue = BUAmeasured + FBUA x DBUAmeasured = 59.5 dB MHz' + 728.6 dB MHz-' iri' x 0.012 m =
= 59.5 dB MHz' + 8.74 dB MHz' _ = 68.2 dB MHz ' One skilled in the art will readily recognize substitute equations for calculating or estimating SOS and BUA, including those for non-linear relationships between soft tissue thickness and SOS or BUA, such as exponential, logarithmic, or polynomial functions.
Example 2: Correction of Tissue Edema Induced Changes in Speed of Sound and Broadband Ultrasonic Attenuation of the Calcaneus using Look-Up Tables This example documents, among other things, how a correction table for speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation can be developed for various thicknesses of the soft tissue located within the ultrasonic beam path. Such a correction table can be particularly useful in a patient who has abnormally thick soft tissues, such as a patient with peripheral edema secondary to compromised cardiac, renal, hepatic, or vascular function. A correction table of SOS and BUA for soft tissue thickness like the one developed in this Example can be used as an alternative or an improvement to the corrections and derivations of the corrections presented in Example 1, i.e.
corrections assuming linear, non-linear, exponential, logarithmic, polynomial, or other functions.
One skilled in the art will readily recognize substitute materials and methods to correct speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements for thickness of the soft tissue interposed in the beam path.
Speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements are performed in a volunteer, healthy young Caucasian females) less than 30 years of age who -has an ethically and medically established need for leg amputation. Such a volunteer would typically be subject to an advanced and operable osteosarcoma in the leg. The experimental specimen consists of a foot and calf extending to the knee joint.
Skin, subcutaneous tissue, muscle tissue, fascia, bone, and all other tissue in the specimen are intact and have not been damaged by specimen preparation or other extrinsic manipulation. All ultrasonic experiments are performed in the heat chamber at body temperature and immediately post amputation.
Prior to and after amputation, the specimen is subjected to magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) using a 1.5 Tesla whole-body MRI system (Siemens Vision, Siemens Medical Systems, Erlangen, Germany). Before the specimen is placed in the magnet, the site at which ultrasonic speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements will be performed is marked on the skin on the medial and lateral aspect of the heel using India ink. Vitamin E capsules are then secured to the skin over the medial and lateral India ink skin mark. Vitamin E capsules are secured to the skin using adhesive tape. Vitamin E capsules are easily identified on MR images and mark the ultrasonic beam path on the MR images. The specimen is placed in a knee coil and advanced into the isocenter of the magnet. T1-weighted spin-echo images are obtained with a repetition time TR of 600 msec, an echo time TE of 20 msec, 2 numbers of excitations (NEX), a field of view of 14x14 cm, and a matrix consisting of 256 x 256 picture elements. Images are obtained in the axial, coronal, and sagittal plane. The two-dimensional MR images are reconstructed using the built in scanner software and are displayed on the scanner viewing console. The axial image that displays the medially and laterally placed Vitamin E capsules marking the ultrasonic beam is selected and the following distances are measured: (a) thickness of the calcaneus in the area of the ultrasonic beam path, (b) medial soft tissue thickness, i.e. sum of subcutaneous fat and muscle medially, (c) lateral soft tissue thickness, i.e.
sum of subcutaneous fat and muscle laterally. These MRI distance measurements are performed using calipers provided with the scanner software that are manually placed at the various tissue interfaces. The sum of the thickness of the medial and the lateral soft tissue layer measured by MRI is calculated and is assigned baseline soft tissue thickness (DSOft tissue baseline) Such measurements can be correlated with the ultrasonic results obtained herein.
The specimen is removed from the MRI system and submitted to ultrasonic scanning. Ultrasonic interrogation described herein is performed both pre- and post-operatively. Ultrasonic measurements are performed using a prototype ultrasonic system that is capable of two-dimensional image acquisition and display using B-scan technology in addition to SOS and BUA measurements. A small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied to the skin and the ultrasonic transducers are placed against the skin at the previously marked skin site at the medial and lateral aspect of the heel.
Two-dimensional gray-scale images of the heel are obtained at the measurement site. The distance from the probe/skin interface to the soft tissue/bone interface, i.e. the soft tissue thickness, is measured on the medial and the lateral side of the heel at the measurement site. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the medial and the lateral side of the heel is calculated. SOS and BUA are then measured in the same location. The measured SOS and BUA values are assigned as baseline SOS
(SOSbaseune) and baseline BUA (BUAb~~;"e).
Tissue samples composed of skin, subcutaneous fat, and muscle are obtained from the abdominal region of a beef carcass. The hair is removed from all tissue samples prior to cutting. Tissue samples are cut into slices with thicknesses ranging from 1-30 mm at 1 mm increments. Slices that are thinner than 5 mm are composed only of subcutaneous fat. Slices that are 5 mm and more thick are cut in a fashion so that they contain a muscle layer that does not exceed 3 mm in thickness in addition to skin and subcutaneous fat. Alternatively, after the operation fat tissue may be obtained from the amputated tissue.
The specimen is removed from the ultrasonic system. A 1 mm slice of bovine tissue is placed at the medial aspect of the heel. The specimen along with the slice of bovine tissue secured to the medial measurement site is returned into the ultrasonic device, a small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied medially and laterally, and (a) speed of sound, (b) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, and (c) medial and lateral soft tissue thickness are measured. Measured soft tissue thickness consists of both peripheral bovine and underlying human soft tissue. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the medial and the lateral side of the heel is calculated.
The specimen is removed from the ultrasonic system. A 1 mm slice of bovine tissue is placed at the lateral aspect of the heel in addition to the slice previously placed at the medial aspect of the heel. The specimen along with the slices of bovine tissue secured to the medial and lateral measurement site is returned into the ultrasonic device, a small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied. medially and laterally, and (a) speed - - _ . _.
of sound, (b) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, and (c) medial and lateral soft tissue thickness are measured. Measured soft tissue thickness consists of both peripheral bovine and underlying human soft tissue. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the medial and the lateral side of the heel is calculated.
The experiment is repeated in a step-wise fashion while increasing first the medial and then the lateral soft tissue thickness, each in 1 mm increments, by using thicker slices of bovine tissue up to a maximum of 30 mm of medial bovine slice thickness and 30 mm of lateral bovine slice thickness.
As the thickness of the soft tissue layers interposed in the ultrasonic beam path increases, speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation values decrease continuously. However, since baseline speed of sound and baseline broadband ultrasonic attenuation prior to increasing soft tissue thickness above normal levels are known, correction factors for speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation can be calculated for individual soft tissue thicknesses similar to the methods presented in Example 1. Such correction factors can be stored in a "look-up table".
Alternatively, such values may be obtained using the type of measurements in Example 1. Such look-up tables can be used in human subjects to correct speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements of the calcaneus for the thickness of the overlying soft tissue layer. Such look-up tables are particularly useful for patients with compromised cardiac, renal, hepatic, or vascular function with peripheral edema. Such look-up tables can be used in such patients to (a) correct for pathologic increases in soft tissue thickness resulting from tissue edema and to (b) correct for variations in the amount of edema and associated soft tissue thickness which can be seen with worsening of the patient's underlying medical condition or improvement of the patient's underlying medical condition, for example due to medical intervention. Such look-up tables can also be used to correct for diurnal changes, e.g. small amount of peripheral edema and associated soft tissue thickness in the morning and large amount of peripheral edema and associated soft tissue thickness in the evening.
Since soft tissue swelling can be asymmetrical, i.e. affect one side, medial or lateral, more than the other side, the experiment is repeated, with the slices of bovine tissue only applied to the medial side of the heel. In this model of asymmetrical, unilateral medial soft tissue edema, the experiment is repeated in a step-wise fashion while increasing the thickness of the medial soft tissue layer in 1 mm increments from 1 mm up to a maximum of 30 mm. The same experiment is then repeated with the slices of bovine tissue only applied to the lateral side of the heel while increasing the thickness of the lateral soft tissue layer in 1 mm increments from 1 mm up to a maximum of 30 As the thickness of the soft tissue layers interposed in the ultrasonic beam path increases, speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation decrease continuously.
However, since baseline speed of sound and baseline broadband ultrasonic attenuation prior to increasing soft tissue thickness above normal levels are known, correction factors for speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation can be calculated for individual soft tissue thicknesses in this model of asymmetrical edema similar to the methods presented in Example 1. Such correction factors for asymmetrical medial or lateral soft tissue edema can be stored in a "look-up table". Such look-up tables can be used in human subjects to correct speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements of the calcaneus for the thickness of the overlying soft tissue layer in 5 asymmetrical edema. Such look-up tables are particularly useful for patients with compromised cardiac, renal, hepatic, or vascular function and asymmetrical peripheral edema.
In another series of experiments, all overlying soft tissues are surgically removed from the specimen's heel and the bony surface of the calcaneus is exposed.
10 Speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements of the calcaneus are repeated over the same measurement site used in the previous experiments.
Thus, true speed of sound (SOS,rue) and true broadband ultrasonic attenuation (BUAtr"e) of the calcaneus are determined unaffected by any, not even normal, overlying soft tissues.
The SOS and BUA measurements described above for bilateral symmetrical, unilateral 15 asymmetrical medial, and unilateral asymmetrical lateral edema are repeated using the previously prepared slices of bovine tissue.
As the thickness of the soft tissue layers interposed in the ultrasonic beam path increases, speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation values decrease continuously. However, since true speed of sound and true broadband ultrasonic 20 attenuation prior to increasing soft tissue thickness are known, correction factors for speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation can be calculated for individual soft tissue thicknesses similar to the methods presented herein. Example 1.
Such correction factors can be stored in a "look-up table".--Such look-up tables can-be used in -human subjects to correct measured speed of sound or measured broadband ultrasonic 25 attenuation of the calcaneus for the presence and thickness of any normal or pathologically enlarged overlying soft tissue layer. Such look-up tables provide an estimate of true speed sound and true broadband ultrasonic attenuation independent of overlying soft tissue thickness. Such corrections are particularly useful for comparing different individuals and populations, since SOS and BUA measurements corrected in 30 this fashion will not be affected by normal variations in soft tissue thickness or pathologic increases in soft tissue thickness, e.g. in the presence of tissue edema.
Example 3: Correction of Tissue Edema Induced Changes in Speed of Sound of the Calcaneus using Previously Published Data on SOS in Various Soft Tissues This example documents, among other things, how speed of sound can be corrected for variations in thickness of the soft tissue located within the ultrasonic beam path by measuring the thickness of the interposed soft tissue layers using A-scan or B-scan technology and by eliminating soft tissue induced changes in measured SOS
of the calcaneus using previously known and published data for soft tissue SOS. Such corrections are particularly useful in patients who have abnormally thick soft tissues such as patients with peripheral edema secondary to compromised cardiac, renal, hepatic, or vascular function. Corrections of measured SOS for soft tissue thickness like the one developed in this example can be used as an alternative or an improvement to the corrections and derivations of the corrections presented in Examples 1 and 2, i.e.
corrections assuming linear, non-linear, exponential, logarithmic or other functions. One skilled in the art will readily recognize substitute materials and methods to correct speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements for thickness of the soft tissue interposed in the beam path.
Five patients with compromised cardiac function and peripheral edema are selected. A trained physician examines all five patients clinically for visual or palpatory evidence of edema in the morning before 10 am and in the evening after 5 pm.
Edema is clinically evaluated anterior to the tibia by visual inspection and manual palpation.
Using standard clinical techniques (see Bates et al., J.B. Lippincott, 1995), edema is subdivided into 5 grades:
0.) absent, 1.) slight, 2.) mild, 3.) moderate, and 4.) severe.
Ultrasonic measurements are performed in each patient in the morning before 10 am and in the evening after S pm shortly after the clinical examination using a prototype ultrasonic system that is capable of two-dimensional image acquisition and display using B-scan technology in addition to SOS and BUA measurements. The patient's foot is secured in the ultrasonic device so that the heel of the foot rests on the heel pad of the device and the posterior aspect of the heel touches the back-wall of the instrument (see also FIG. SC). The measurement site is marked on the skin with India ink on the left and right side of the heel. A small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied to the skin and the ultrasonic transducers are placed against the skin at the measurement site.
Two-dimensional gray-scale images of the heel are obtained at the measurement site. The distance from the probe/skin interface to the soft tissue/bone interface, i.e. the soft tissue thickness, is measured on the left and the right side of the heel at the measurement site. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left and the right side of the heel (Dsort tissue) is calculated. SOS and BUA are then determined in the same location.
For determining SOS, the instrument measures initially the total travel time of the ultrasonic beam through the calcaneus and the medial and lateral soft tissue (Ttota,).
Since the device registers the physical distance between the medial and the lateral transducer and since both are in contact with the skin medially or laterally, the total thickness of the heel (DheeO is known. Global speed of sound for combined bone and soft tissue components is thus calculated as:
SOSG~obal = l~hee~ / Z'cota~ (Eq. 9J
This measurement and calculation is widely used in most current ultrasonic instruments used for measuring calcaneal speed of sound. However, it is evident that not only bone, but also soft tissue components contribute to the total travel time which explains why calcaneal SOS is artifactually lowered in the presence of soft tissue swelling.
Using equations 10-16 described below, true calcaneal SOS without alterations resulting from soft tissue layers interposed in the ultrasonic beam path can be calculated. Total travel time through bone and soft tissues (Ttotai) c~ also be described as:
Ttotat = Tcalcaneus '~' Tsoft tissue [Eq. 10], where T~aica~eus is the travel time of the ultrasonic beam through the calcaneus and Tso~ tiss"e is the travel time of the ultrasonic beam through the soft tissues medial and lateral of the calcaneus. Thus, T~aicaneus is defined as:
Tcalcaneus - Ttotal - Tsofi tissue [Eq. 11 ).
Tsoft tissue is defined as:
Tsoft tissue - Dsoft tissue ~ S~Ssoft tissue EEq. 12~
Dsoct tissue is measured using A-scan or B-scan technology (see also Examples -General Materials and Methods) and represents the sum of soft tissue thickness medial and lateral to the calcaneus. SOSsoft tissue is known for different soft tissues from the literature (see Goss et al., J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 1978). For example, speed of sound of human fat tissue has been reported to be 1479 m/sec at 37° Celsius (see Goss et al., J.
Acoust. Soc. Am., 1978). Thus, Tso~ tissue can be calculated by measuring Dsort tissue using A-scan or B-scan technology and by using previously published data for SOSsoft tissue.
Since Tto,~, has been measured and Tson tissue has been calculated using Eq.
12, T~aicaneus can be determined using Eq. 11.
The thickness of the calcaneus (D~a,~aneus) can be determined using the following equation:
Dcalcaneus = Dheel - Dsofttissue ~Ed. 13~.
Thus, true calcaneal speed of sound without any soft tissue interference is defined as:
SOScai~neus - Dcalcaneus ~ Tcalcaneus [Eq. 14j, Or SOScalcaneus = Dheel - Dsoft tissue ~ Ttotat - Tsoft tissue [Eq. 15], Or S~Scalcaneus = Dheel - Dsoft tissue ~ (Ttotal - Dsoft tissue ~ S~Ssoft tissue) Clinical examination in all 5 patients will typically show that peripheral edema has increased by the evening when compared to morning. Global speed of sound for combined bone and soft tissue components will be typically decreased in all S
patients in the evening when compared to the morning measurement because of the increase in tissue edema and associated soft tissue swelling. Thus, global speed of sound measurements are subject to diurnal changes dependent on the amount of edema and soft tissue swelling present. True calcaneal speed of sound calculated as described in Eq. 10-16, however, shows only mild variation for each patient between morning and evening measurements indicating that this parameter is less dependent on tissue edema and provides a more accurate description of bone mineral density and structure of the calcaneus.
Example 4: Correlation of Speed of Sound and Broadband Ultrasonic Attenuation of the Calcaneus with Calcaneal Bone Mineral Density Measurements Assessed by Dual X-Ray Absorptiometry in Patients with Peripheral Edema before and after Correction for Soft Tissue Thickness This example documents, among other things, that correlations between speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation and bone mineral density (BMD) of the calcaneus measured by dual x-ray absorpiometry (DXA) deteriorate in the presence of soft tissue edema in patients with compromised cardiac function, compromised renal function, compromised hepatic function, or compromised vascular function. This example documents also that correlations between speed of sound or broadband ultrasonic attenuation and BMD of the calcaneus measured by DXA improve when SOS
and BUA measurements are corrected for the thickness of the soft tissue that overlies the calcaneus in the ultrasonic beam path.
Twenty patients with compromised cardiac function and peripheral edema are studied with speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements of the calcaneus and with bone mineral density measurements of the axial and peripheral skeleton using dual x-ray absorptiometry.
Ultrasonic measurements are performed in each patient using a prototype ultrasonic system that is capable of two-dimensional image acquisition and display using B-scan technology in addition to SOS and BUA measurements. The patient's foot is secured in the ultrasonic device so that the heel of the foot rests on the heel pad of the device and the posterior aspect of the heel touches the back-wall of the instrument (see also FIG. 5C). The measurement site is marked on the skin with India ink on the left and right side of the heel. A small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied to the skin and the ultrasonic transducers are placed against the skin at the measurement site.
Two-dimensional gray-scale images of the heel are obtained at the measurement site. The distance from the probe/skin interface to the soft tissuelbone interface, i.e. the soft tissue thickness, is measured on the left and the right side of the heel at the measurement site. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left and the right side of the heel (D~~ tissue) is calculated. SOS and BUA are then measured in the same location.
Dual x-ray absorptiometry (DXA) is performed using a Lunar Expert DXA
system (Lunar Corporation, 313 West Beltline Hwy., Madison, WI 53713). In each 5 patient, DXA measurements are performed in the following anatomic regions:
- In the lumbar spine in AP projection extending from lumbar vertebral level 1 to lumbar vertebral level 4.
- In the lumbar spine in lateral projection extending from lumbar vertebral level 2 to lumbar vertebral level 4 or the next higher lumbar vertebral 10 level that is not superimposed by the iliac crest in the lateral projection;
L2 is excluded from the analysis in those patients in whom ribs are superimposed on this vertebral body.
- In the hip, measuring the intertrochanteric region and the region called "Ward's triangle".
15 - In the distal radius.
- In the calcaneus.
DXA measurements in the calcaneus are performed in the same region that is evaluated with speed of sound and broadband ultrasonic attenuation measurements.
Bone mineral density (BMD) measurements in these anatomic regions are expressed as 20 mg/cm2.
Correlations between DXA and SOS and BUA improve when soft tissue thickness is measured ultrasonographically and SOS and BUA are corrected for soft tissue thickness using the methods and devices described in Examples 2 and 3.
25 Example 5: Correction for Edema-Induced Changes in Ultrasonic Probe Position and Its Influence on In-Vivo Reproducibility of Calcaneal Speed of Sound and Broadband Ultrasonic Attenuation This example shows among other things that the presence of peripheral edema does not only affect soft tissue thickness in the beam path thereby altering SOS and 30 BUA directly (see Examples 1-4), but also affects ultrasonic probe position relative to the underlying bone. This examples documents that edema induced changes in ultrasonic probe position over the calcaneus and general variations in ultrasonic probe position over the calcaneus reduce short-term and long-term in vivo precision of SOS
and BUA measurements.
Twenty patients with compromised cardiac performance and peripheral edema are selected for the study. SOS and BUA measurements are performed at different times in the day on two different days: In the morning on day 1 before 9 am and in the evening on day 2 after 6 pm. At each time interval, the degree of peripheral edema is assessed clinically by visual inspection and manual palpation. Using standard clinical techniques (see Bates et al., J.B. Lippincott, 1995), edema is subdivided into 5 grades:
0.) absent, l.) slight, 2.) mild, 3.) moderate, and 4.) severe.
Ultrasonic measurements are performed in each patient using a first prototype ultrasonic system that is capable of two-dimensional image acquisition and display using B-scan technology in addition to SOS and BUA measurements. The patient's foot is secured in the ultrasonic device so that the heel of the foot rests on the heel pad of the device and the posterior aspect of the heel touches the back-wall of the instrument (see also FIGS. 5A and 5B). A small amount of acoustic coupling gel is applied to the skin and the ultrasonic transducers are placed against the skin at the measurement site.
Two-dimensional B-mode gray-scale images of the heel are obtained at the measurement site using this first prototype system. The distance from the probe/skin -- interface to the soft tissue/bone interface, i.e. the soft tissue thickness, is measured on the left and the right side of the heel at the measurement site. The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left and the right side of the heel (Dsoa tissue) is calculated.
SOS and BUA are then measured in the same location yielding SOSmeasUrea and BUAmeasured. Measured SOS and BUA are then corrected for soft tissue thickness using methods and techniques similar to those described in Examples 2 and 3 thereby yielding SOS~one~ced and BUA.~o~.ecc~d. The prototype ultrasonic system used for this part of the experiment does, however, not correct for changes in the thickness of the inferior and posterior heel pad secondary to edema.
SOS and BUA measurements are then repeated using a second, different prototype ultrasonic system. This second system is capable of identifying the posterior contour and the inferior contour, e.g.the bright, echogenic cortex, of the calcaneus on the B-scan images. Using these landmarks, the system positions the ultrasonic transducers automatically over a predefined region in the calcaneus, e.g. 1.5 cm anterior to the posterior calcaneal cortex and 1.5 cm superior to the inferior calcaneal cortex. In this fashion, the ultrasonic transducers are reproducibly positioned over the same measurement site in the calcaneus regardless of changes in the thickness of the posterior and inferior heel soft tissue pad (see also FIG. 5C and SD).
Two-dimensional B-mode gray-scale images of the heel are then obtained at the measurement site using the second prototype ultrasonic system. The distance from the probe/skin interface to the soft tissue/bone interface, i.e. the soft tissue thickness, is measured on the left and the right side of the heel at the measurement site.
The sum of the soft tissue thickness measured on the left and the right side of the heel (Dso~ t~ss~e) is calculated. SOS and BUA are then measured in the same location yielding SOSmeas"Ted and BUA~~"red. Measured SOS and BUA are then corrected for soft tissue thickness 1 S using methods and techniques similar to those described in Examples 2 and 3 thereby yleldlrig SOSco,rected ~'1d BUAcorrected.
In-vivo reproducibility between am and pm measurements is better with the second ultrasonic system that adjusts probe position relative to the posterior and the inferior cortex of the calcaneus than with the first prototype system with fixed probe position relative to skin/patient/heel surface. In-vivo reproducibility is best when (a) probe position is adjusted relative to the bony landmarks of the calcaneus, e.g. posterior and inferior cortex of the calcaneus, and (b) SOS",eas"red and BUAn,e~"r~, are corrected for medial and lateral soft tissue thickness thereby yielding SOSeo".ee~d and BUA~o".eeted (see also Examples 2 and 3).
Example 6: Correction for Edema-Induced Changes in Ultrasonic Probe Position and Its Influence on In-Vivo Reproducibility of Calcaneal Speed of Sound and Broadband Ultrasonic Attenuation before and after Diuretic Therapy The experimental design used in this example is identical to that shown in Example 5. However, rather than assessing the influence of diurnal changes in tissue edema between morning and evening measurements, twenty patients with compromised cardiac performance and peripheral edema are studied prior to and two weeks after initiation of diuretic therapy.
The results show that in-vivo reproducibility of SOS and BUA is better when the ultrasonic system is capable of adjusting probe position relative to the anatomic landmarks, e.g. posterior and inferior cortex, of the calcaneus than with an ultrasonic system where the probe position is fixed relative to skin/patient/heel surface. In-vivo reproducibility is best when (a) probe position is adjusted relative to the bony landmarks of the calcaneus, e.g. posterior and inferior cortex of the calcaneus, and (b) SOS",easurea and BUA~"e~"rea are corrected for medial and lateral soft tissue thickness thereby yielding SOS~onectea and BUA~ort~tea (see also Examples 2 and 3).
PUBLICATIONS
U.S. PATENT
DOCUMENTS
3,648,685Mar. 14, 1972 Hepp, J. A., et al.
3,713,329Jan. 30, 1973 Munger, D.
W.
3,782,177Jan. 1, 1974 Hoop, J. M.
3,847,141Nov. 12, 1974 Hoop, J. M.
4,043,181Aug. 23, 1977 Nigam, A. K.
4,048,986Sep. 20, 1977 Ott, J. H.
4,056,970Nov. 8, 1977 Sollish, B.
D.
4,224,829Sep. 30, 1980 Kawabuchi, M., et al.
4,235,243Nov. 25, 1980 Saha, S.
4,242,911Jan. 6, 1981 Martin, H.
E.
4,361,154Nov. 30, 1982 Pratt, G. W.
4,421,119Dec. 20, 1983 Pratt, G. W.
4,446,737May 8, 1984 Hottier, F.
4,522,068Jun. 11, 1985 Smith, G. E.
4,530,360Jul. 23, 1985 Duarte, L.
R.
4,658,827Dec. 21, 1987 He, P., et al.
4,688,428Aug. 25, 1987 Nicolas, J.-M.
4,702,258Oct. 27, 1987 Nicolas, J.-M., et al.
4,774,959Oct. 4, 1988 Palmer, S.
B., et al.
4,830,015May 16, 1989 Okazaki, K.
4,913,157Apr. 3, 1990 Pratt, G. W., et al.
4,930,51 Jun. 5, 1990 Rossman, P.
I J., et al.
5,042,489Aug. 27, 1991 Wiener, S.
A., et al.
5,054,490Oct. 8, 1991 Rossman, P.
J., et al.
5,099,849Mar. 31, 1992 Rossman, P.
J., et al.
5,119,820Jun. 9, 1992 Rossman, P.
J., et al.
5,218,963Jun. 15, 1993 Mazess, R.
B.
5,271,403Dec. 21, 1993 Paulos, J.
J.
5,343,863Sep. 6, 1994 Wiener, S.
A., et al.
5,349,959Sep. 27, 1994 Wiener, S.
A., et al.
5,452,722Sep. 26, 1995 Langton, C.
M.
5,483,965Jan. 16, 1996 Wiener, S.
A., et al.
5,603,325Feb. 18, 1997 Mazess, R.
B., et al.
5,649,538Jul. 22, 1997 Langton, C.
M.
FOREIGN PATENT DOCUMENTS
WO 80/02796 June 9, 1980 Pratt, G.
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
Agren, M., et al., Calc Tiss Int, vol. 48, pp. 240-244, 1991.
Bates, B., et al., in: "A guide to physical examination and history taking, 6th edition", Bates, B., et al., eds., pp. 427-447, 1995.
Biot, M. A., J Acoust Soc Am, vol. 34, pp. 1254-1264, 1962.
Bradenburger, G., et al., J Bone Miner Res, vol. suppl. 1, pp. S184, 1992.
Dretakis, E., et al., Br J Radiol, vol. 67, pp. 636-638, 1994.
Faulkner, K. G., et al., Am J Roentgenol, vol. 157, pp. 1229-37, 1991.
Gluey, C. C., et al., J Bone Min Res, vol. 7 (9), pp. 1071-1079, 1992.
Gluey, C. C., et al., Calc Tiss Int, vol. 55, pp. 46-52, 1994.
Goss, S. A., et al., J Acoust Soc Am, vol. 64 (2), pp. 423-457, 1978.
Greespan, M., et al., J Acoust Soc Am, vol. 31, pp. 75-76, 1959.
Hans, D., et al., Bone, vol. 16, pp. 476-480, 1995.
Lang, P., et al., Radiol Clin North Am, vol. 29, pp. 49-76, 1991.
Langton, C. M., et al., Bone, vol. 18, 6, pp. 495-503, 1996.
Langton, C. M., et al., Eng Med, vol. 13, pp. 89-91, 1984.
McCloskey, E. V., et al., Clin Sci, vol. 78, pp. 221-227, 1990.
Njeh, C. F., et al., Med Eng Phys, vol. 18, pp. 373-381, 1996.
Rossman, P. J., et al., Clin Phys Physiol Meas, vol. 10, pp. 353-360, 1989.
Schott, A. M., et al., Osteoporosis Int, vol. 3, pp. 249-254, 1993.
Turner, C. H., et al., Calc Tiss Int, vol. 49, pp. 116-119, 1991.
Williams, J. L., J Acoust Soc Am, vol. 91, pp. 1106-1112, 1992.
Williams, P., et al. "Gray's anatomy, 36th British Edition", 1980.
Zagzebski, J. A., et al., Calc Tiss Int, vol. 49, pp. 107-111, 1991.
All documents and publications, including patents and patent application documents, are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each publication were individually incorporated by reference.
Claims (182)
1. An ultrasonic system for tissue ultrasonic interrogation, comprising:
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer, said axis of transmission is through a portion of tissue, b) an x, y positioner that engages said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer, said x, y positioner controllably positions said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between at least a first and a second position while generally maintaining said axis of transmission, and c) a computational unit designed to 1) manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer in either A scan or B scan mode or both, 2) provide for soft tissue correction for braddband ultrasonic attention or speed of sound and 3) may optionally be designed to control movement of said x, y positioner.
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer, said axis of transmission is through a portion of tissue, b) an x, y positioner that engages said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer, said x, y positioner controllably positions said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between at least a first and a second position while generally maintaining said axis of transmission, and c) a computational unit designed to 1) manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer in either A scan or B scan mode or both, 2) provide for soft tissue correction for braddband ultrasonic attention or speed of sound and 3) may optionally be designed to control movement of said x, y positioner.
2. The ultrasonic system of claim 1, further comprising a z positioner that positions at least one of said first or second ultrasonic transducers, and said z positioner changes the distance of transmission along said axis of transmission between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer.
3. The ultrasonic system of claim 2, wherein said computational unit can estimate broadband ultrasonic attenuation in an interrogated tissue and said computational unit can connect said broadband ultrasonic attenuation for soft tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation.
4. The ultrasonic system of claim 3, wherein said computational unit comprises a database of correction factors for soft tissue thicknesses and broadband ultrasonic attenuation.
5. The ultrasonic system of claim 4, wherein said database is comprised of correction factors related to empirical measurements of soft tissue and broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound.
6. The ultrasonic system of claim 1, wherein said x, y positioner is manually controlled and comprises a grip to manually direct said first and second transducers over a desired anatomical region.
7. The ultrasonic system of claim 6, wherein said x, y positioner comprises a frame to maintain said axis of transmission between said first and second ultrasonic transducers, said frame engages an x track and said x track engages a y track, thereby an operator can move said first and second ultrasonic transducers manually in either an x or y dimension or combination thereof with respect to an anatomical region.
8. The ultrasonic system of claim 7, wherein said x, y positioner can accommodate an appendage and said appendage is held in a predetermined position in said ultrasonic system relative to said x, y positioner.
9. The ultrasonic system of claim 1, wherein said x, y positioner is automatically controlled by said computational unit.
10. The ultrasonic system of claim 9, wherein said computational unit comprises a computational program to identify an anatomic landmark based on either A scan or B scan interrogation or both.
11. The ultrasonic system of claim 10, wherein said computational unit is designed to instruct said x, y positioner to position said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer to interrogate said tissue with respect to said anatomic landmark and said x, y positioner generally maintains said axis of transmission between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer at a preselected set of coordinates in relation to said anatomic landmark.
12. The ultrasonic system of claim 10, wherein said computational unit instructs an x servo-motor to drive said first ultrasonic transducer and second transducer in the x dimension and a y servo-motor to drive said first ultrasonic transducer and second transducer in the y dimension.
13. The ultrasonic system of claim 11, wherein said anatomic landmark is part of an anatomical region selected from the group consisting of a knee, an ankle, and tibia, and further wherein said x, y positioner is adapted to accommodate said anatomical region and said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer are adapted for interrogation using broadband ultrasonic attenuation of dense tissue comprising bone.
14. The ultrasonic system of claim 1, wherein said computational unit can identify an anatomic landmark in an interrogated tissue and direct said x, y positioner to a position over said anatomic landmark, thereby said first ultrasonic transducer and second ultrasonic transducer have an axis of transmission generally through said anatomic landmark.
15. An ultrasonic system for automated ultrasonic identification of an anatomical landmark, comprising:
a) an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, and b) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said ultrasonic transducer unit and to process signals to identify an anatomical landmark in an anatomical region in either a A scan or B scan mode or both.
a) an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, and b) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said ultrasonic transducer unit and to process signals to identify an anatomical landmark in an anatomical region in either a A scan or B scan mode or both.
16. The ultrasonic system of claim 15, wherein said computational unit is designed to process ultrasonic signals received from said ultrasonic transducer unit to generate an anatomical map of said anatomical region, and identify said anatomic landmark and said map can provide coordinates to locate said anatomic landmark within said anatomical region.
17. The ultrasonic system of claim 16, wherein said computational unit is further designed to process received ultrasonic signals from said ultrasonic transducer to generate at least one data set of an ultrasonic property and to generate said anatomical map from at least some of said data set.
18. The ultrasonic system of claim 17, wherein said ultrasonic property is selected from the group consisting of broadband ultrasonic attenuation, echogenicity, reflective surfaces, distances from said transducer unit, speed of sound, ultrasonic images, and Doppler information.
19. The ultrasonic system of claim 18, wherein said computational unit further comprises a database comprising reference anatomical maps and said computational unit is further designed to compare said anatomical map with said reference anatomical map.
20. The ultrasonic system of claim 16, wherein said computational unit directs a positioning unit to position said transducer unit with reference to said anatomical landmark.
21. The ultrasonic system of claim 20, wherein said computational unit is designed to instruct said transducer unit to transmit and receive signals after positioning said transducer unit with respect to said anatomical landmark.
22. The ultrasonic system of claim 17, wherein said computational unit further comprises a display for showing said anatomical map.
23. The ultrasonic system of claim 17, wherein said ultrasonic system further comprises a positioning unit for changing the spatial relationship between said anatomic landmark in said anatomical region and said ultrasonic transducer unit, thereby permitting interrogation with reference to said anatomic landmark in said anatomical region by positioning said transducer unit with respect to said anatomical landmark.
24. The ultrasonic system of claim 23, wherein said positioning unit is selected from the group consisting of a positioning unit that positions said transducer unit, and a positioning unit that positions either said anatomical region or said transducer unit.
25. The ultrasonic system of claim 23, wherein said positioning unit is manually operated.
26. The ultrasonic system of claim 23, wherein said anatomical region is an ankle.
27. An ultrasonic system for tissue ultrasonic interrogation for broadband ultrasonic attenuation, comprising:
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with a first axis of transmission through a first anatomical region to be interrogated and said first ultrasonic transducer is adapted for longitudinal transmission, b) a second ultrasonic transducer with a second axis of transmission through a second anatomical region to be interrogated and adapted for longitudinal reception, wherein said first anatomical region and said second anatomical region permit monitoring broadband ultrasonic attenuation between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer, c) a positioning unit to position said first ultrasonic transducer with respect to said first anatomical region and to position said second ultrasonic transducer with respect to said second anatomical region, and d) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission of said first ultrasonic transducer, to manage ultrasonic signal reception of said second ultrasonic transducer and to control said positioning unit.
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with a first axis of transmission through a first anatomical region to be interrogated and said first ultrasonic transducer is adapted for longitudinal transmission, b) a second ultrasonic transducer with a second axis of transmission through a second anatomical region to be interrogated and adapted for longitudinal reception, wherein said first anatomical region and said second anatomical region permit monitoring broadband ultrasonic attenuation between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer, c) a positioning unit to position said first ultrasonic transducer with respect to said first anatomical region and to position said second ultrasonic transducer with respect to said second anatomical region, and d) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission of said first ultrasonic transducer, to manage ultrasonic signal reception of said second ultrasonic transducer and to control said positioning unit.
28. The ultrasonic system of claim 27, wherein said positioning unit comprises an x, y positioner for said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer.
29. The ultrasonic system of claim 27, wherein said x, y positioner is designed to position said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer, wherein said first axis of transmission generally has the same axis of transmission as said second axis of transmission.
30. The ultrasonic system of claim 28, wherein said computational unit comprises a program to generate an anatomic landmark to assist in reproducible positioning of said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer and said positioning unit comprises a z positioner controlled by said computational unit.
31. An ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation, comprising:
a) positioning, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, b) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit, and c) identifying an anatomic landmark in said anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of said anatomical region, and d) storing said anatomic landmark in a storage device.
a) positioning, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, b) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit, and c) identifying an anatomic landmark in said anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of said anatomical region, and d) storing said anatomic landmark in a storage device.
32. The ultrasonic method of claim 31, further comprising the steps of comparing the location and axis of transmission of said ultrasonic transducer unit to the location of said anatomic landmark and positioning said ultrasonic transducer unit to produce an axis of transmission at a preselected or desired set of coordinates in relation to said anatomic landmark.
33. The ultrasonic method of claim 31, wherein steps a, b, and c are repeated and each positioning step is performed in relation to said anatomic landmark.
34. The ultrasonic method of claim 33, wherein said positioning steps are performed to generate an axis of transmission substantially through said anatomic landmark.
35. The ultrasonic method of claim 34, wherein said positioning steps are performed in relation to a reference anatomic landmark of said anatomical region stored in retrievable form in a storage device.
36. An ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in dense tissues, comprising:
a) interrogating a tissue with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, b) interrogating said tissue with said ultrasonic transducer to determine soft tissue thickness in an anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both by correcting for said soft tissue thickness, wherein said determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than in the absence of correcting for soft tissue thickness.
a) interrogating a tissue with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, b) interrogating said tissue with said ultrasonic transducer to determine soft tissue thickness in an anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both by correcting for said soft tissue thickness, wherein said determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than in the absence of correcting for soft tissue thickness.
37. The ultrasonic method of claim 36, wherein said determining step further comprises adjusting either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound in said tissue or both for said soft thickness based on a database of ultrasonic measurements from comparable tissues, said ultrasonic measurements include soft tissue thickness and either a) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, b) speed of sound or c) both.
38. The ultrasonic method of claim 36, wherein said determining step further comprises adjusting either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, 2) speed of sound in said tissue or 3) both for said soft thickness based on a correction factor.
39. The ultrasonic method of claim 36, wherein said tissue comprises a heel.
40. The ultrasonic method of claim 39, wherein said determining step further comprises calculating speed of sound for calcaneus tissue using Equation 16.
41. An ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation of an anatomical region, comprising:
a) positioning, if necessary, on the surface of a patient, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers wherein a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, and b) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle, c) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, d) identifying an anatomic landmark in common with the signals obtained in steps (b) and (c) in said anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of said anatomical region.
a) positioning, if necessary, on the surface of a patient, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers wherein a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, and b) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle, c) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, d) identifying an anatomic landmark in common with the signals obtained in steps (b) and (c) in said anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of said anatomical region.
42. The ultrasonic method of claim 41, further comprising the step of storing said anatomic landmark in a storage device, and wherein positioning is through a positioning unit and said transducer unit has a plurality of predetermined transmission angles for interrogation and said second transmission angle increases the accuracy of said anatomical landmark compared to interrogation with a single transmission angle.
43. The ultrasonic method of claim 41, wherein said anatomic landmark was not previously identified in said patient.
44. The ultrasonic method of claim 41, wherein said positioning is automated and not hand held and steps b through d are repeated automatically by a computational unit.
45. An ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in dense tissues, comprising:
a) interrogating a patient's tissue with at least a first ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle and a second ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second ultrasonic transducer unit are adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, b) interrogating said patient's tissue with at least said first ultrasonic transducer unit at a third transmission angle and said second ultrasonic transducer unit a fourth transmission angle, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both for said tissue;
wherein said determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than in the absence of interrogating said patient's tissue with at least said first ultrasonic transducer unit at a third transmission angle and said second ultrasonic transducer unit a fourth transmission angle.
a) interrogating a patient's tissue with at least a first ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle and a second ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second ultrasonic transducer unit are adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, b) interrogating said patient's tissue with at least said first ultrasonic transducer unit at a third transmission angle and said second ultrasonic transducer unit a fourth transmission angle, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both for said tissue;
wherein said determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than in the absence of interrogating said patient's tissue with at least said first ultrasonic transducer unit at a third transmission angle and said second ultrasonic transducer unit a fourth transmission angle.
46. The ultrasonic method of claim 45, further comprising the steps of d) interrogating said tissue with said ultrasonic transducer to determine soft tissue thickness in an anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit, and e) correcting dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both for said soft tissue thickness, wherein said determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than in the absence of correcting for soft tissue thickness.
47. The ultrasonic method of claim 45, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer and a said second ultrasonic transducer unit have a common axis of transmission in at least one step.
48. The ultrasonic method of claim 47, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer and a said second ultrasonic transducer unit have a common axis of transmission in at least step (a) or (b) and said first ultrasonic transducer and a said second ultrasonic transducer have a common axis of transmission through an anatomical region that is non-orthogonal with respect to the tissue plane by about 5 to 20 degrees.
49. The ultrasonic method of claim 48, wherein said anatomical region includes the calcaneus.
50. The ultrasonic method of claim 47, wherein said step (a) includes transmitting ultrasonic waves for a first time duration and step (b) includes transmitting ultrasonic waves for a second time duration, wherein difference in said first time duration and said second time duration is not more than about 1,000 ms.
51. The ultrasonic method of claim 47, wherein said step (e) includes averaging BUA
values obtained from (1) said first and second transmission angles and (2) said third and fourth transmission angles and comparing averaged BUA values from (1) with averaged BUA values from (2) to determine the highest or lowest BUA value.
values obtained from (1) said first and second transmission angles and (2) said third and fourth transmission angles and comparing averaged BUA values from (1) with averaged BUA values from (2) to determine the highest or lowest BUA value.
52. The ultrasonic method of claim 47, wherein said step (e) includes averaging SOS
values obtained from (1) said first and second transmission angles and (2) said third and fourth transmission angles and comparing averaged SOS values from (1) with averaged SOS values from (2) to determine the highest or lowest SOS value.
values obtained from (1) said first and second transmission angles and (2) said third and fourth transmission angles and comparing averaged SOS values from (1) with averaged SOS values from (2) to determine the highest or lowest SOS value.
53. The ultrasonic method of claim 47, wherein said first and second transmission angles are robotically established and (2) said third and fourth transmission angles are robotically established.
54. The ultrasonic method of claim 47, wherein said interrogating in steps (b) and (c) further comprises generating said first and second transmission angles at a first time point with a means for generating a transmission angle and generating said third and fourth transmission angles at a second time point with said means for generating a transmission angle.
55. The ultrasonic method of claim 54, wherein said first time point and said second time point are separated by a predetermined length of time instructed by a computational unit.
56. The ultrasonic method of claim 47, wherein said first and second transmission angles establish a first common axis of transmission between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer and said third and fourth transmission angles establish a second common axis of transmission between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer; further wherein said first common axis of transmission and second common axis of transmission are generally through a single interrogation site of an anatomical region and have substantially more than about a 10 degree difference with respect to a common plane of said anatomical region.
57. An ultrasonic system for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in a tissue, comprising:
a) a transducer unit comprising at least a first ultrasonic transducer engaged with a first multiple transmission angle unit to controllably vary first transmission angles and a second ultrasonic transducer engaged with a second multiple transmission angle unit to controllably vary second transmission angles, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second ultrasonic transducer unit are adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, and b) a computational unit for controllably adjusting transmission angles of said first and second transducer;
wherein said ultrasonic system will measure broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, speed of sound value or both if so desired.
a) a transducer unit comprising at least a first ultrasonic transducer engaged with a first multiple transmission angle unit to controllably vary first transmission angles and a second ultrasonic transducer engaged with a second multiple transmission angle unit to controllably vary second transmission angles, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second ultrasonic transducer unit are adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, and b) a computational unit for controllably adjusting transmission angles of said first and second transducer;
wherein said ultrasonic system will measure broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, speed of sound value or both if so desired.
58. An ultrasonic system of claim 57, further comprising an ultrasonic transducer to determine soft tissue thickness in an anatomical region and a means for correcting dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both for said soft tissue thickness.
59. A computer program product, comprising:
a) instructions for a positioning unit to position a transducer or plurality of transducers at a plurality of interrogation sites in an anatomical region, b) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region with said transducer or said plurality of transducers at said plurality of interrogation sites, c) instructions for generating a map of said anatomical region using ultrasonic measurements from said plurality of interrogation sites, d) instructions for said positioning unit to position said transducer or said plurality of transducers at a second plurality of interrogation sites in said anatomical region if said map lacks sufficient features to be clinically relevant for a clinically relevant measurement, e) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region for a clinically relevant measurement;
wherein instructions (a) through (e) permit the generation of said map which facilitates a clinically relevant measurement and instructions (a) through (e) are stored on a computer retrievable medium.
a) instructions for a positioning unit to position a transducer or plurality of transducers at a plurality of interrogation sites in an anatomical region, b) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region with said transducer or said plurality of transducers at said plurality of interrogation sites, c) instructions for generating a map of said anatomical region using ultrasonic measurements from said plurality of interrogation sites, d) instructions for said positioning unit to position said transducer or said plurality of transducers at a second plurality of interrogation sites in said anatomical region if said map lacks sufficient features to be clinically relevant for a clinically relevant measurement, e) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region for a clinically relevant measurement;
wherein instructions (a) through (e) permit the generation of said map which facilitates a clinically relevant measurement and instructions (a) through (e) are stored on a computer retrievable medium.
60. The computer program product of claim 61, further comprises:
f) instructions for comparing said map with a reference map of substantially the same anatomical region using predefined criteria, said predefined criteria optionally comprising percent similarity of contours of bones, percent similarity of an anatomical landmark or percent similarity of reflective surfaces, g) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region for a clinically relevant measurement if said map matches said reference map, and h) instructions for said positioning unit to position said transducer or said plurality of transducers at a second plurality of interrogation sites in said anatomical region if said map lacks sufficient features to be clinically relevant for a clinically relevant measurement.
f) instructions for comparing said map with a reference map of substantially the same anatomical region using predefined criteria, said predefined criteria optionally comprising percent similarity of contours of bones, percent similarity of an anatomical landmark or percent similarity of reflective surfaces, g) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region for a clinically relevant measurement if said map matches said reference map, and h) instructions for said positioning unit to position said transducer or said plurality of transducers at a second plurality of interrogation sites in said anatomical region if said map lacks sufficient features to be clinically relevant for a clinically relevant measurement.
61. The computer program product of claim 61, wherein said clinical measurement is BUA or SOS.
62. The computer program product of claim 61, wherein said clinical measurement is Doppler information.
63. The computer program product of claim 61, wherein said clinical measurement is tissue and flow information obtained after administration of ultrasonic contrast agents.
64. An ultrasonic system for automated ultrasonic identification of an anatomical landmark for BUA and SOS measurements in the heel, comprising:
a) an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers adapted for BUA or SOS measurements or both, wherein a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, and wherein said ultrasonic transducer unit includes a transducer adapted for A-scan or B-scan; and b) a computational unit designed 1) to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said ultrasonic transducer unit and 2) to process signals to identify an anatomical landmark in an anatomical region of the heel in either a A-scan or B-scan mode or both.
a) an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers adapted for BUA or SOS measurements or both, wherein a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, and wherein said ultrasonic transducer unit includes a transducer adapted for A-scan or B-scan; and b) a computational unit designed 1) to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said ultrasonic transducer unit and 2) to process signals to identify an anatomical landmark in an anatomical region of the heel in either a A-scan or B-scan mode or both.
65. The ultrasonic system of claim 64, wherein said computational unit is designed to process ultrasonic signals received from said ultrasonic transducer unit to generate an anatomical map of said anatomical region and said anatomical map can provide coordinates to locate said anatomical landmark within said anatomical region of the heel.
66. The ultrasonic system of claim 65, wherein said computational unit is further designed to process received ultrasonic signals-from said ultrasonic transducer to generate at least one data set of an ultrasonic property and to generate said anatomical map from at least a portion of said data set.
67. The ultrasonic system of claim 66, wherein said ultrasonic property is selected from the group consisting of echogenicity, distances from said transducer unit, and ultrasonic images.
68. The ultrasonic system of claim 67, wherein said computational unit further comprises a database comprising at least one reference anatomical map and said computational unit is further designed to compare said anatomical map with said reference anatomical map.
69. The ultrasonic system of claim 64, wherein said computational unit further comprises instructions to direct a positioning unit to position said transducer unit with reference to said anatomical landmark.
70. The ultrasonic system of claim 69, wherein said computational unit is designed to instruct said transducer unit to transmit and receive signals after positioning said transducer unit with respect to said anatomical landmark and said anatomical landmark is less than 1cm2.
71. The ultrasonic system of claim 70, wherein said computational unit further comprises a display for showing said anatomical map or said anatomical landmark.
72. The ultrasonic system of claim 65, wherein said ultrasonic system further comprises a positioning unit for changing the spatial relationship between said anatomical landmark in said anatomical region of the heel and said ultrasonic transducer unit, thereby permitting interrogation with reference to said anatomical landmark in said anatomical region of the heel by positioning said transducer unit with respect to said anatomical landmark.
73. The ultrasonic system of claim 72, wherein said positioning unit positions said transducer unit, and said landmark is not a bone contour.
74. The ultrasonic system of claim 73, wherein said positioning unit is manually operated and adapted for interrogating a human heel.
75. The ultrasonic system of claim 72, wherein said anatomical region is an ankle and said anatomical map is based on an A-scan from said pair of ultrasonic transducers.
76. An ultrasonic system for tissue ultrasonic interrogation for broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in a heel, comprising:
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with a first axis of transmission through a first anatomical region to be interrogated and said first ultrasonic transducer is adapted for BUA or SOS measurements, b) a second ultrasonic transducer with a second axis of transmission through a second anatomical region to be interrogated and adapted for BUA or SOS
measurements, wherein said first anatomical region and said second anatomical region permit monitoring broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer, c) a positioning unit to automatically position said first ultrasonic transducer with respect to said first anatomical region and to position said second ultrasonic transducer with respect to said second anatomical region in the x, y, and z-dimensions, and d) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission of said first ultrasonic transducer, to manage ultrasonic signal reception of said second ultrasonic transducer and to control said positioning unit.
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with a first axis of transmission through a first anatomical region to be interrogated and said first ultrasonic transducer is adapted for BUA or SOS measurements, b) a second ultrasonic transducer with a second axis of transmission through a second anatomical region to be interrogated and adapted for BUA or SOS
measurements, wherein said first anatomical region and said second anatomical region permit monitoring broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer, c) a positioning unit to automatically position said first ultrasonic transducer with respect to said first anatomical region and to position said second ultrasonic transducer with respect to said second anatomical region in the x, y, and z-dimensions, and d) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission of said first ultrasonic transducer, to manage ultrasonic signal reception of said second ultrasonic transducer and to control said positioning unit.
77. The ultrasonic system of claim 76, wherein said positioning unit comprises an x, y positioner for said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer that can position within about plus or minus 3 mm.
78. The ultrasonic system of claim 77, wherein said x, y positioner is designed to simultaneously position said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer by computer control, wherein said first axis of transmission generally has the same axis of transmission as said second axis of transmission.
79. The ultrasonic system of claim 76, wherein said computational unit comprises a program to generate an anatomic landmark to assist in reproducible positioning of said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer and said positioning unit comprises a z positioner controlled by said computational unit to separately position the said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer.
80. The ultrasonic system of claim 76, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer are tandem transducers.
81. The ultrasonic system of claim 76, wherein said computational unit can identify an anatomic landmark in an interrogated tissue less than about 1 cm2 and direct said x, y positioner to a position over said anatomical landmark, thereby said first ultrasonic transducer and second ultrasonic transducer have an axis of transmission generally through said anatomical landmark.
82. An ultrasonic method for generating an anatomical landmark for BUA or SOS
measurement in the heel of a human in need of diagnosis of osteoporosis, comprising:
a) positioning, with respect to an anatomical region of the heel, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, b) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit, and c) identifying an anatomical landmark about 2cm2 or less in said anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of said anatomical region of the heel, and d) storing said anatomic landmark in a storage device.
measurement in the heel of a human in need of diagnosis of osteoporosis, comprising:
a) positioning, with respect to an anatomical region of the heel, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, b) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit, and c) identifying an anatomical landmark about 2cm2 or less in said anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of said anatomical region of the heel, and d) storing said anatomic landmark in a storage device.
83. The ultrasonic method of claim 82, further comprising the steps of comparing the location of said ultrasonic transducer unit to the location of said anatomical landmark and positioning said ultrasonic transducer unit to produce an axis of transmission at a preselected or desired set of coordinates in relation to said anatomical landmark of the heel.
84. The ultrasonic method of claim 83, wherein steps a, b, and c are repeated and each positioning step is performed in relation to said anatomical landmark and said ultrasonic transducer unit is comprised of a tandem transducer.
85. The ultrasonic method of claim 84, wherein said positioning steps are performed to generate an axis of transmission substantially through said anatomical landmark.
86. The ultrasonic method of claim 85, wherein said positioning steps are performed to in relation to a reference anatomical landmark of said anatomical region stored in retrievable form in a storage device.
87. A computer program product, comprising:
a) instructions for a positioning unit to position a transducer unit at a plurality of interrogation sites in an anatomical region of a heel, b) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region with said transducer unit at said plurality of interrogation sites, c) instructions for generating a map of said anatomical region using ultrasonic measurements from said plurality of interrogation sites, d) instructions for said positioning unit to position said transducer or said plurality of transducers at a second plurality of interrogation sites in said anatomical region if said map lacks sufficient features to be clinically relevant for a clinically relevant BUA or SOS measurement, e) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region for a clinically relevant BUA and SOS measurement;
wherein instructions (a) through (e) permit the generation of said map which facilitates a clinically relevant BUA or SOS measurement and instructions (a) through (e) are stored on a computer retrievable medium.
a) instructions for a positioning unit to position a transducer unit at a plurality of interrogation sites in an anatomical region of a heel, b) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region with said transducer unit at said plurality of interrogation sites, c) instructions for generating a map of said anatomical region using ultrasonic measurements from said plurality of interrogation sites, d) instructions for said positioning unit to position said transducer or said plurality of transducers at a second plurality of interrogation sites in said anatomical region if said map lacks sufficient features to be clinically relevant for a clinically relevant BUA or SOS measurement, e) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region for a clinically relevant BUA and SOS measurement;
wherein instructions (a) through (e) permit the generation of said map which facilitates a clinically relevant BUA or SOS measurement and instructions (a) through (e) are stored on a computer retrievable medium.
88. The computer program product of claim 87, further comprises:
i) instructions for comparing said map with a reference map of substantially the same anatomical region using predefined criteria, said predefined criteria optionally comprising percent similarity of contours of bones, percent similarity of an anatomical landmark or percent similarity of reflective surfaces, j) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region for a clinically relevant BUA or SOS measurement if said map matches said reference map, and k) instructions for said positioning unit to position said transducer unit at a second plurality of interrogation sites in said anatomical region if said map lacks sufficient features to be clinically relevant for a clinically relevant BUA or SOS
measurement.
i) instructions for comparing said map with a reference map of substantially the same anatomical region using predefined criteria, said predefined criteria optionally comprising percent similarity of contours of bones, percent similarity of an anatomical landmark or percent similarity of reflective surfaces, j) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region for a clinically relevant BUA or SOS measurement if said map matches said reference map, and k) instructions for said positioning unit to position said transducer unit at a second plurality of interrogation sites in said anatomical region if said map lacks sufficient features to be clinically relevant for a clinically relevant BUA or SOS
measurement.
89. The computer program product of claim 88, wherein the computer program includes instructions for generating said map based on B-scan data.
90. An ultrasonic system for BUA or SOS measurements in a heel, comprising:
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer, said axis of transmission is designed to pass through a portion of tissue from a heel, b) an x, y positioner that engages said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer and is adapted to accommodate said heel, said x, y positioner controllably positions said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between at least a first and a second position while generally maintaining said axis of transmission, and c) a computational unit designed to manage 1) ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer and 2) soft tissue correction of BUA or SOS measurements and may optionally be designed to control movement of said x, y positioner;
wherein said BUA and SOS measurements are improved by said soft tissue correction compared to the absence of soft tissue correction.
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer, said axis of transmission is designed to pass through a portion of tissue from a heel, b) an x, y positioner that engages said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer and is adapted to accommodate said heel, said x, y positioner controllably positions said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between at least a first and a second position while generally maintaining said axis of transmission, and c) a computational unit designed to manage 1) ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer and 2) soft tissue correction of BUA or SOS measurements and may optionally be designed to control movement of said x, y positioner;
wherein said BUA and SOS measurements are improved by said soft tissue correction compared to the absence of soft tissue correction.
91. The ultrasonic system of claim 90, further comprising a z positioner that positions at least one of said first or second ultrasonic transducers, and said z positioner changes the distance of transmission along said axis of transmission between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer.
92. The ultrasonic system of claim 91, wherein said computational unit includes instructions to estimate broadband ultrasonic attenuation in said heel and said computational unit can correct said broadband ultrasonic attenuation for soft tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation.
93. The ultrasonic system of claim 92, wherein said computational unit comprises a database of correction factors for soft tissue thicknesses and broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound and said computational unit includes instructions to calculate soft tissue thickness.
94. The ultrasonic system of claim 93, wherein said database is comprised of factors related to empirical measurements of soft tissue thickness and broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound.
95. The ultrasonic system of claim 90, wherein said computational unit includes instructions for correcting BUA measurements for soft tissue thickness greater than about 1 cm.
96. The ultrasonic system of claim 95, wherein said x, y positioner comprises a frame to maintain said axis of transmission between said first and second ultrasonic transducers, said frame engages an x track and said x track engages a y track, thereby an operator can move said first and second ultrasonic transducers manually in either an x or y dimension or combination thereof with respect to an anatomical region.
97. The ultrasonic system of claim 90, wherein said computational unit includes instructions to measure soft tissue thickness.
98. The ultrasonic system of claim 97, wherein said x, y positioner is automatically controlled by said computational unit.
99. The ultrasonic system of claim 98, wherein said computational unit comprises a computational program to estimate soft tissue thickness based on A-scan.
100. The ultrasonic system of claim 98, wherein said computational unit is designed to instruct said x, y positioner to position said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer to interrogate said tissue at multiple interrogation sites and to determine the amount of soft tissue at said interrogation sites.
101. The ultrasonic system of claim 99, wherein said computational unit corrects said BUA measurement based on an estimate of the soft tissue mass at said interrogation sites.
102. The ultrasonic system of claim 100, wherein said computational unit includes instructions to interrogate said tissue for soft tissue using A-scan or B-scan and to measure BUA at each said interrogation site and said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer are adapted for interrogation using broadband ultrasonic attenuation of dense tissue comprising bone.
103. The ultrasonic system of claim 90, wherein said computational unit includes instructions to estimate soft tissue thickness to at least about plus/minus 500µm.
104. An ultrasonic system for automated BUA or SOS measurements in a heel, comprising:
a) an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers for either BUA or SOS measurements where a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, and b) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said ultrasonic transducer unit and to correct BUA or SOS
measurements for the presence of soft tissue in an anatomical region of a heel.
a) an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising a pair of ultrasonic transducers for either BUA or SOS measurements where a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, and b) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said ultrasonic transducer unit and to correct BUA or SOS
measurements for the presence of soft tissue in an anatomical region of a heel.
105. The ultrasonic system of claim 104, wherein said computational unit is designed to process ultrasonic signals received from said ultrasonic transducer unit to generate an estimate of soft tissue in said anatomical region, and to correct said BUA or SOS measurement.
106. The ultrasonic system of claim 105, wherein said computational unit is further designed to process received ultrasonic signals from an ultrasonic transducer to - generate at least one data set of an ultrasonic property to estimate soft tissue thickness.
107. The ultrasonic system of claim 106, wherein said ultrasonic property measures soft tissue thickness from bone to skin.
108. The ultrasonic system of claim 107, wherein said ultrasonic system only measures BUA.
109. An ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in a heel of a human in need of diagnosis of osteoporosis, comprising:
a) interrogating a tissue of the heel with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, b) interrogating said tissue with an ultrasonic transducer to determine soft tissue thickness in an anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both by correcting for said soft tissue thickness, wherein said determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than in the absence of correcting for soft tissue thickness.
a) interrogating a tissue of the heel with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, b) interrogating said tissue with an ultrasonic transducer to determine soft tissue thickness in an anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both by correcting for said soft tissue thickness, wherein said determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than in the absence of correcting for soft tissue thickness.
110. The ultrasonic method of claim 109, wherein said determining step further comprises adjusting either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound in said tissue or both for said soft thickness based on a database of ultrasonic measurements from comparable tissues, said ultrasonic measurements include soft tissue thickness and either a) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, b) speed of sound or c) both.
111. The ultrasonic method of claim 109, wherein said determining step further comprises adjusting either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, 2) speed of sound in said tissue or 3) both for said soft thickness based on a correction factor.
112. The ultrasonic method of claim 109, wherein said soft tissue thickness is greater than about 2 cm.
113. The ultrasonic method of claim 112, wherein said determining step further comprises calculating speed of sound for calcaneus tissue using Equation 16.
114. The ultrasonic method of claim 112, wherein said determining step further comprises correcting broadband ultrasonic attenuation for calcaneus tissue.
115. The ultrasonic method of claim 112, further comprising a positioning step to minimize soft tissue thickness at the interrogation site.
116. A computer program product, comprising:
a) instructions for interrogating an anatomical region of a heel with a transducer unit at an interrogation site for soft tissue, b) instructions for generating an estimate of soft tissue of said anatomical region using ultrasonic measurements from said interrogation site, c) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region for a clinically relevant BUA and SOS measurement;
wherein instructions (a) through (c) permit the generation of an estimate of soft tissue that facilitates a clinically relevant BUA or SOS measurement and instructions (a) through (c) are stored on a computer retrievable medium.
a) instructions for interrogating an anatomical region of a heel with a transducer unit at an interrogation site for soft tissue, b) instructions for generating an estimate of soft tissue of said anatomical region using ultrasonic measurements from said interrogation site, c) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region for a clinically relevant BUA and SOS measurement;
wherein instructions (a) through (c) permit the generation of an estimate of soft tissue that facilitates a clinically relevant BUA or SOS measurement and instructions (a) through (c) are stored on a computer retrievable medium.
117. The computer program product of claim 116, further comprises:
instructions for estimating soft tissue thickness at said interrogation site.
29. The computer program product of claim 117, further comprises:
instructions for correcting BUA or SOS measurements with a soft tissue correction factor.
instructions for estimating soft tissue thickness at said interrogation site.
29. The computer program product of claim 117, further comprises:
instructions for correcting BUA or SOS measurements with a soft tissue correction factor.
118. The computer program product of claim 116, further comprises instructions for correcting a clinically relevant SOS measurement with an equation similar to Equation 16.
119. The computer program product of claim 116, wherein the computer program includes instructions for estimating soft tissue thickness with A-scan data.
120. An ultrasonic system for multiple transmission angle ultrasonic interrogation in tissues with heterogeneous structures that alter ultrasonic properties, comprising:
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer, said axis of transmission is through a portion of a tissue, b) an x, y positioner that engages said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer, said x, y positioner controllably 1 ) positions said first - ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between at least a first and a second position while generally maintaining said axis of transmission and 2) establishes predetermined transmission angles for said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer to interrogate said portion at multiple transmission angles through heterogeneous structures in said portion, and c) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer with either BUA or SOS or both and may optionally be designed to control movement of said x, y positioner;
wherein said ultrasonic measurements with multiple transmission angles are improved compared to the absence of multiple transmission angles.
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission in common with a second ultrasonic transducer, said axis of transmission is through a portion of a tissue, b) an x, y positioner that engages said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer, said x, y positioner controllably 1 ) positions said first - ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer in a desired manner between at least a first and a second position while generally maintaining said axis of transmission and 2) establishes predetermined transmission angles for said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer to interrogate said portion at multiple transmission angles through heterogeneous structures in said portion, and c) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer with either BUA or SOS or both and may optionally be designed to control movement of said x, y positioner;
wherein said ultrasonic measurements with multiple transmission angles are improved compared to the absence of multiple transmission angles.
121. The ultrasonic system of claim 120, further comprising a z positioner that positions at least one of said first or second ultrasonic transducers, and said z positioner changes the distance of transmission along said axis of transmission between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer.
122. The ultrasonic system of claim 121, wherein said computational unit can estimate broadband ultrasonic attenuation at multiple transmission angles.
123. The ultrasonic system of claim 122, wherein said x, y positioner can establish at least three predetermined transmission angles.
124. The ultrasonic system of claim 123, wherein said transmission angles vary overall by at thirty degrees.
125. The ultrasonic system of claim 120, wherein said first transducer and said second transducer can transmit and receive signals to change the direction of transmission between said first transducer and said second transducer to reduce ultrasonic artifacts due to variations in tissue interposed along the transmission path.
126. The ultrasonic system of claim 125, wherein said x, y positioner comprises a frame to maintain said axis of transmission between said first and second ultrasonic transducers, said frame engages an x track and said x track engages a y track, thereby an operator can move said first and second ultrasonic transducers manually in either an x or y dimension or combination thereof with respect to an anatomical region.
127. The ultrasonic system of claim 126, wherein said x, y positioner can accommodate an appendage and said appendage is held in a predetermined position in said ultrasonic system relative to said x, y positioner.
128. The ultrasonic system of claim 120, wherein said x, y positioner is automatically controlled by said computational unit.
129. The ultrasonic system of claim 128, wherein said computational unit comprises a computational program to calculate BUS or SOS or both at multiple transmission angles.
130. The ultrasonic system of claim 129, wherein said computational unit is designed to instruct said x, y positioner to position said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer to interrogate said tissue with respect to an anatomic landmark and said x, y positioner generally maintains said axis of transmission between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer at a preselected set of coordinates in relation to said anatomic landmark.
131. The ultrasonic system of claim 129, wherein said computational unit is designed to remove or filter interference or scatter detected at multiple transmission angles.
132. The ultrasonic system of claim 130, wherein said anatomic landmark is part of an anatomical region selected from the group consisting of a knee, an ankle, and tibia, and further wherein said x, y positioner is adapted to accommodate said anatomical region and said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer are adapted for interrogation using broadband ultrasonic attenuation of dense tissue comprising bone.
133. The ultrasonic system of claim 120, wherein said computational unit can 1 ) average signals from multiple transmission angles and 2) instruct said x, y positioner to a position over said anatomic landmark, thereby said first ultrasonic transducer and second ultrasonic transducer have an axis of transmission generally through said anatomic landmark.
134. An ultrasonic system for automated ultrasonic measurements at multiple transmission angles, comprising:
a) an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising 1) an ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals and 2) a multiple transmission angle positioner to vary the transmission angle of said ultrasonic transducer with respect to the plane of a tissue in a predetermined fashion and with necessarily changing the general position of said ultrasonic transducer with respect to said tissue, and b) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said ultrasonic transducer unit and to process signals from said ultrasonic transducer unit using multiple transmission angles.
a) an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising 1) an ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals and 2) a multiple transmission angle positioner to vary the transmission angle of said ultrasonic transducer with respect to the plane of a tissue in a predetermined fashion and with necessarily changing the general position of said ultrasonic transducer with respect to said tissue, and b) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission and reception of said ultrasonic transducer unit and to process signals from said ultrasonic transducer unit using multiple transmission angles.
135. The ultrasonic system of claim 134, wherein said computational unit is designed to average ultrasonic signals received from said ultrasonic transducer unit using multiple transmission angles.
13b. The ultrasonic system of claim 134, wherein said computational unit is further designed to process received ultrasonic signals from said ultrasonic transducer to generate at least one data set of an ultrasonic property determined at predetermined, multiple transmission angles.
l0l
l0l
137. The ultrasonic system of claim 136, wherein said ultrasonic property is selected from the group consisting of broadband ultrasonic attenuation, echogenicity, reflective surfaces, distances from said transducer unit, speed of sound, ultrasonic images, and Doppler information.
138. The ultrasonic system of claim 137, wherein said computational unit is further designed to compare ultrasonic signals at predetermined, multiple transmission angles to determine artifact pattern(s) or location(s) of anatomical structures.
139. The ultrasonic system of claim 135, wherein said computational unit directs a positioning unit to position said transducer unit with reference to an anatomical landmark.
140. The ultrasonic system of claim 139, wherein said computational unit is designed to instruct said transducer unit to transmit and receive signals after positioning said transducer unit with respect to said anatomical landmark.
141. The ultrasonic system of claim 136, wherein said computational unit further comprises a display for showing ultrasonic properties as a function of predetermined, multiple transmission angles.
142. The ultrasonic system of claim 136, wherein said ultrasonic system further comprises a positioning unit for changing the spatial relationship between an anatomic landmark in an anatomical region and said ultrasonic transducer unit, thereby permitting interrogation with reference to said anatomic landmark in said anatomical region by positioning said transducer unit with respect to said anatomical landmark.
143. The ultrasonic system of claim 134, wherein said multiple transmission angle positioner is not a C arm unit or can be engaged in frame that offers multiple position at different anatomical regions.
144. The ultrasonic system of claim 134, wherein said multiple transmission angle positioner maintains said ultrasonic transducer unit in substantially the same anatomical region while varying transmission angles of said ultrasonic transducer unit positioner.
145. The ultrasonic system of claim 142, wherein said system is adapted for an ankle.
146. An ultrasonic system for tissue ultrasonic interrogation for broadband ultrasonic attenuation, comprising:
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission through an anatomical region to be interrogated and said first ultrasonic transducer is adapted for BUA, b) a second ultrasonic transducer with said axis of transmission through said anatomical region to be interrogated and adapted for BUA, wherein monitoring broadband ultrasonic attenuation between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer is permitted, c) a positioning unit to vary the transmission angle of the axis of transmission with respect to said, and d) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission of said first ultrasonic transducer, to manage ultrasonic signal reception of said second ultrasonic transducer and to control the transmission angle of the axis of transmission.
a) a first ultrasonic transducer with an axis of transmission through an anatomical region to be interrogated and said first ultrasonic transducer is adapted for BUA, b) a second ultrasonic transducer with said axis of transmission through said anatomical region to be interrogated and adapted for BUA, wherein monitoring broadband ultrasonic attenuation between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer is permitted, c) a positioning unit to vary the transmission angle of the axis of transmission with respect to said, and d) a computational unit designed to manage ultrasonic signal transmission of said first ultrasonic transducer, to manage ultrasonic signal reception of said second ultrasonic transducer and to control the transmission angle of the axis of transmission.
147. The ultrasonic system of claim 146, wherein said positioning unit comprises an x, y positioner for said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer at can establish at least 3 predetermined transmission angles.
148. The ultrasonic system of claim 146, wherein said x, y positioner is designed to position said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer, wherein said first axis of transmission at each transmission angle generally passes through the same anatomical region that is no more than about 5 to 8 cm squared.
149. The ultrasonic system of claim 147, wherein said computational unit comprises a program to generate an anatomic landmark at multiple transmission angles and said positioning unit comprises a z positioner controlled by said computational unit.
150. An ultrasonic method for ultrasonic interrogation, comprising:
a) positioning, with respect to an anatomical region suspected of having tissue heterogeneity that causes variations in acoustic properties, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, b) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit at predetermined, multiple transmission angles, and c) recording an ultrasonic property of said anatomical region, and d) storing said ultrasonic property in a storage device.
a) positioning, with respect to an anatomical region suspected of having tissue heterogeneity that causes variations in acoustic properties, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers where a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, b) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit at predetermined, multiple transmission angles, and c) recording an ultrasonic property of said anatomical region, and d) storing said ultrasonic property in a storage device.
151. The ultrasonic method of claim 150, further comprising the steps of comparing ultrasonic signals at different predetermined, multiple transmission angles.
152. The ultrasonic method of claim 150, wherein steps a, b, and c are repeated and each positioning step is performed in relation to an anatomic landmark.
153. The ultrasonic method of claim 152, wherein said positioning steps are performed to generate an axis of transmission substantially through said anatomic landmark.
154. The ultrasonic method of claim 153, wherein said positioning steps are performed in relation to a reference anatomic landmark of said anatomical region stored in retrievable form in a storage device.
155. An ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in dense tissues, comprising:
a) interrogating a tissue at predetermined, multiple transmission angles with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, b) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both at two or more predetermined, multiple transmission angles, wherein said determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than interrogation in the absence of predetermined, multiple transmission angles.
a) interrogating a tissue at predetermined, multiple transmission angles with an ultrasonic transducer unit adapted for either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, b) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both at two or more predetermined, multiple transmission angles, wherein said determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than interrogation in the absence of predetermined, multiple transmission angles.
156. The ultrasonic method of claim 155, wherein said determining step further comprises determining either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound in said tissue or both at five or more predetermined transmission angles.
157. The ultrasonic method of claim 155, wherein said determining step further comprises adjusting either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation, 2) speed of sound in said tissue or 3) both for differences in the transmission path at two or more predetermined transmission angles.
158. The ultrasonic method of claim 155, wherein said tissue comprises a heel.
159. The ultrasonic method of claim 158, wherein said determining step further comprises calculating speed of sound for transmission in at least two different transmission directions.
160. An ultrasonic method for generating an anatomic landmark for ultrasonic interrogation of an anatomical region, comprising:
a) positioning, if necessary, on the surface of a patient, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers wherein a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, and b) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle, c) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, d) identifying an anatomic landmark in common with the signals obtained in steps (b) and (c) in said anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of said anatomical region.
a) positioning, if necessary, on the surface of a patient, with respect to an anatomical region, an ultrasonic transducer unit comprising either 1 ) a first ultrasonic transducer that can transmit and receive signals or 2) a pair of ultrasonic transducers wherein a first member of said pair is designed to transmit signals and a second member of said pair is designed to receive signals, and b) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle, c) interrogating said anatomical region with said ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, d) identifying an anatomic landmark in common with the signals obtained in steps (b) and (c) in said anatomical region with an ultrasonic property of said anatomical region.
161. The ultrasonic method of claim 160, further comprising the step of storing said anatomic landmark in a storage device, and wherein positioning is through a positioning unit and said transducer unit has a plurality of predetermined transmission angles for interrogation and said second transmission angle increases the accuracy of said anatomical landmark compared to interrogation with a single transmission angle.
162. The ultrasonic method of claim 160, wherein said anatomic landmark was not previously identified in said patient.
163. The ultrasonic method of claim 160, wherein said positioning is automated and not hand held and steps b through c are repeated automatically by a computational unit.
164. An ultrasonic method for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in dense tissues, comprising:
a) interrogating a patient's tissue with at least a first ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle and a second ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second ultrasonic transducer unit are a) adapted for either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both and b) have an angle of least about 150 degrees between said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second transducer unit, b) interrogating said patient's tissue with said first ultrasonic transducer unit at a third transmission angle and said second ultrasonic transducer unit a fourth transmission angle while maintaining an angle of at least about 150 degrees between said first transducer unit and said second transducer unit, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both for said tissue;
wherein said determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than in the absence of interrogating said patient's tissue with at least said first ultrasonic transducer unit at a third transmission angle and said second ultrasonic transducer unit a fourth transmission angle.
a) interrogating a patient's tissue with at least a first ultrasonic transducer unit at a first transmission angle and a second ultrasonic transducer unit at a second transmission angle, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second ultrasonic transducer unit are a) adapted for either 1 ) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both and b) have an angle of least about 150 degrees between said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second transducer unit, b) interrogating said patient's tissue with said first ultrasonic transducer unit at a third transmission angle and said second ultrasonic transducer unit a fourth transmission angle while maintaining an angle of at least about 150 degrees between said first transducer unit and said second transducer unit, and c) determining dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both for said tissue;
wherein said determining step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than in the absence of interrogating said patient's tissue with at least said first ultrasonic transducer unit at a third transmission angle and said second ultrasonic transducer unit a fourth transmission angle.
165. The ultrasonic method of claim 164, further comprising the steps of f) transmitting ultrasonic pulses into said tissue with said first ultrasonic transducer unit and receiving ultrasonic signals with said second ultrasonic transducer unit, and g) correcting dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both for soft tissue acoustic variations, wherein said correcting step generates a dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, dense tissue speed of sound value or both that is more indicative of broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound in dense tissue than in the absence of correcting for soft tissue acoustic variations.
166. The ultrasonic method of claim 164, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second ultrasonic transducer unit have a common axis of transmission in at least one step.
167. The ultrasonic method of claim 166, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second ultrasonic transducer unit have a common axis of transmission in at least step (a) or (b) and said first ultrasonic transducer and a said second ultrasonic transducer unit have a common axis of transmission through an anatomical region that is non-orthogonal with respect to the tissue plane by about 5 to 20 degrees.
168. The ultrasonic method of claim 167, wherein said anatomical region includes the calcaneus.
169. The ultrasonic method of claim 166, wherein said step (a) includes transmitting ultrasonic waves for a first time duration and step (b) includes transmitting ultrasonic waves for a second time duration, wherein difference in said first time duration and said second time duration is not more than about 1,000 ms.
170. The ultrasonic method of claim 166, wherein said step (e) includes averaging BUA values obtained from (1) said first and second transmission angles and (2) said third and fourth transmission angles and comparing averaged BUA values from (1) with averaged BUA values from (2) to determine the highest or lowest BUA
value.
value.
171. The ultrasonic method of claim 166, wherein said step (e) includes averaging SOS values obtained from (1) said first and second transmission angles and (2) said third and fourth transmission angles and comparing averaged SOS values from (1) with averaged SOS values from (2) to determine the highest or lowest SOS
value.
value.
172. The ultrasonic method of claim 166, wherein said first and second transmission angles are robotically established and (2) said third and fourth transmission angles are robotically established.
173. The ultrasonic method of claim 166, wherein said interrogating in steps (b) and (c) further comprises generating said first and second transmission angles at a first time point with a means for generating a transmission angle and generating said third and fourth transmission angles at a second time point with said means for generating a transmission angle.
174. The ultrasonic method of claim 173, wherein said first time point and said second time point are separated by a predetermined length of time instructed by a computational unit.
175. The ultrasonic method of claim 166, wherein said first and second transmission angles establish a first common axis of transmission between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer and said third and fourth transmission angles establish a second common axis of transmission between said first ultrasonic transducer and said second ultrasonic transducer; further wherein said first common axis of transmission and second common axis of transmission are generally through a single interrogation site of an anatomical region and have substantially more than about a 10 degree difference with respect to a common plane of said anatomical region.
176. An ultrasonic system for determining broadband ultrasonic attenuation or speed of sound measurements in a tissue, comprising:
a) a transducer unit comprising at least a first ultrasonic transducer engaged with a first multiple transmission angle unit to controllably vary first transmission angles and a second ultrasonic transducer engaged with a second multiple transmission angle unit to controllably vary second transmission angles, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second ultrasonic transducer unit are adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, and b) a computational unit for controllably adjusting transmission angles of said first and second transducer;
wherein said ultrasonic system will measure broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, speed of sound value or both if so desired.
a) a transducer unit comprising at least a first ultrasonic transducer engaged with a first multiple transmission angle unit to controllably vary first transmission angles and a second ultrasonic transducer engaged with a second multiple transmission angle unit to controllably vary second transmission angles, wherein said first ultrasonic transducer unit and said second ultrasonic transducer unit are adapted for either 1) broadband ultrasonic attenuation or 2) speed of sound measurements or both, and b) a computational unit for controllably adjusting transmission angles of said first and second transducer;
wherein said ultrasonic system will measure broadband ultrasonic attenuation value, speed of sound value or both if so desired.
177. An ultrasonic system of claim 176, further comprising an ultrasonic transducer to determine soft tissue thickness in an anatomical region and a means for correcting dense tissue broadband ultrasonic attenuation, dense tissue speed of sound or both for said soft tissue thickness.
178. A computer program product, comprising:
a) instructions for a positioning unit to vary the transmission angle of a transducer or plurality of transducers at a plurality of transmission angles in an anatomical region, b) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region with said transducer or said plurality of transducers at said plurality of transmission angles, and c) instructions for recording at least one ultrasonic property at said plurality of transmission angles, wherein instructions (a) through (c) facilitates a clinically relevant measurement and instructions (a) through (c) are stored on a computer retrievable medium.
a) instructions for a positioning unit to vary the transmission angle of a transducer or plurality of transducers at a plurality of transmission angles in an anatomical region, b) instructions for interrogating said anatomical region with said transducer or said plurality of transducers at said plurality of transmission angles, and c) instructions for recording at least one ultrasonic property at said plurality of transmission angles, wherein instructions (a) through (c) facilitates a clinically relevant measurement and instructions (a) through (c) are stored on a computer retrievable medium.
179. The computer program product of claim 178, further comprises:
1) instructions for comparing ultrasonic signals at a plurality of transmission angles.
1) instructions for comparing ultrasonic signals at a plurality of transmission angles.
180. The computer program product of claim 178, wherein said clinical measurement is BUA or SOS.
181. The computer program product of claim 178, wherein said clinical measurement is echogenicity, reflective surface or ultrasonic image information.
182. The computer program product of claim 178, wherein said clinical measurement is tissue and flow information obtained after administration of ultrasonic contrast agents.
Applications Claiming Priority (9)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/036,940 | 1998-03-09 | ||
US09/036,940 US6013031A (en) | 1998-03-09 | 1998-03-09 | Methods and devices for improving ultrasonic measurements using anatomic landmarks and soft tissue correction |
US4632298A | 1998-03-23 | 1998-03-23 | |
US09/046,324 US6077224A (en) | 1998-03-23 | 1998-03-23 | Methods and device for improving broadband ultrasonic attenuation and speed of sound measurements using anatomical landmarks |
US09/046,324 | 1998-03-23 | ||
US09/046,322 | 1998-03-23 | ||
US09/071,854 US6585649B1 (en) | 1998-05-02 | 1998-05-02 | Methods and devices for improving ultrasonic measurements using multiple angle interrogation |
US09/071,854 | 1998-05-02 | ||
PCT/US1999/005234 WO1999045845A1 (en) | 1998-03-09 | 1999-03-09 | Methods and devices for improving broadband ultrasonic attenuation and speed of sound measurements |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2322420A1 true CA2322420A1 (en) | 1999-09-16 |
Family
ID=27488402
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002322420A Abandoned CA2322420A1 (en) | 1998-03-09 | 1999-03-09 | Methods and devices for improving broadband ultrasonic attenuation and speed of sound measurements |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1061854A4 (en) |
AU (1) | AU3075999A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2322420A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1999045845A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6904123B2 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2005-06-07 | Imaging Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods and devices for quantitative analysis of x-ray images |
US7050534B2 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2006-05-23 | Imaging Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods and devices for quantitative analysis of x-ray images |
EP1365684A2 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2003-12-03 | Imaging Therapeutics | Methods and devices for quantitative analysis of x-ray images |
US8639009B2 (en) | 2000-10-11 | 2014-01-28 | Imatx, Inc. | Methods and devices for evaluating and treating a bone condition based on x-ray image analysis |
AU1319302A (en) | 2000-10-11 | 2002-04-22 | Osteonet Com Inc | Methods and devices for analysis of x-ray images |
US7660453B2 (en) | 2000-10-11 | 2010-02-09 | Imaging Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods and devices for analysis of x-ray images |
ATE440536T1 (en) | 2001-05-25 | 2009-09-15 | Imaging Therapeutics Inc | METHODS FOR DIAGNOSIS, TREATMENT AND PREVENTION OF BONE LOSS |
US7840247B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2010-11-23 | Imatx, Inc. | Methods of predicting musculoskeletal disease |
US8965075B2 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2015-02-24 | Imatx, Inc. | System and method for predicting future fractures |
JP2007524438A (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2007-08-30 | イメージング セラピューティクス,インコーポレーテッド | Compensation method in radiological image processing technology |
US8073521B2 (en) | 2003-09-19 | 2011-12-06 | Imatx, Inc. | Method for bone structure prognosis and simulated bone remodeling |
WO2006034018A2 (en) | 2004-09-16 | 2006-03-30 | Imaging Therapeutics, Inc. | System and method of predicting future fractures |
US8939917B2 (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2015-01-27 | Imatx, Inc. | Methods and devices for quantitative analysis of bone and cartilage |
Family Cites Families (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4669482A (en) * | 1985-10-28 | 1987-06-02 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Pulse echo method and apparatus for sound velocity estimation in vivo |
US5483965A (en) | 1988-05-11 | 1996-01-16 | Lunar Corporation | Ultrasonic densitometer device and method |
US5054490A (en) | 1988-05-11 | 1991-10-08 | Lunar Corporation | Ultrasonic densitometer device and method |
US5343863A (en) | 1988-05-11 | 1994-09-06 | Lunar Corporation | Ultrasonic densitometer device and method |
US5349959A (en) | 1988-05-11 | 1994-09-27 | Lunar Corporation | Ultrasonic densitometer device and method |
US5603325A (en) | 1988-05-11 | 1997-02-18 | Lunar Corporation | Ultrasonic densitometer with width compensation |
US5271403A (en) | 1991-09-05 | 1993-12-21 | Paulos John J | Ultrasound imaging system |
US5218963A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1993-06-15 | Lunar Corporation | Ultrasonic bone analysis device and method |
GB9213220D0 (en) * | 1992-06-22 | 1992-08-05 | Langton Christian M | Ultrasound bone analyser |
FR2717671B1 (en) * | 1994-03-25 | 1996-06-21 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | Method and device for evaluating and characterizing the properties of bones. |
GB9502448D0 (en) | 1995-02-08 | 1995-03-29 | Mccue Plc | Simulation of bone in ultrasonic assessment apparatus |
JP2878168B2 (en) * | 1995-12-11 | 1999-04-05 | アロカ株式会社 | Bone evaluation device |
US5651363A (en) * | 1996-02-16 | 1997-07-29 | Orthologic Corporation | Ultrasonic bone assessment method and apparatus |
-
1999
- 1999-03-09 AU AU30759/99A patent/AU3075999A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1999-03-09 WO PCT/US1999/005234 patent/WO1999045845A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1999-03-09 CA CA002322420A patent/CA2322420A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1999-03-09 EP EP99912373A patent/EP1061854A4/en not_active Withdrawn
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP1061854A4 (en) | 2005-07-13 |
WO1999045845A1 (en) | 1999-09-16 |
EP1061854A1 (en) | 2000-12-27 |
AU3075999A (en) | 1999-09-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6013031A (en) | Methods and devices for improving ultrasonic measurements using anatomic landmarks and soft tissue correction | |
US6585649B1 (en) | Methods and devices for improving ultrasonic measurements using multiple angle interrogation | |
US6077224A (en) | Methods and device for improving broadband ultrasonic attenuation and speed of sound measurements using anatomical landmarks | |
EP1006879B1 (en) | Measurement of object layer thickness using ultra-sonic methods and devices | |
US6659949B1 (en) | Technique to measure capillary related interstitial fluid using ultra-sonic methods and devices | |
US6358208B1 (en) | Assessment of cardiovascular performance using ultrasound methods and devices that interrogate interstitial fluid | |
JP5255964B2 (en) | Surgery support device | |
EP1014857A1 (en) | Multi-site ultrasound methods and devices, particularly for measurement of fluid regulation | |
CA2322420A1 (en) | Methods and devices for improving broadband ultrasonic attenuation and speed of sound measurements | |
Dumont et al. | Lower-limb vascular imaging with acoustic radiation force elastography: demonstration of in vivo feasibility | |
US20190388062A1 (en) | Apparatus, System, and Method for Increasing Object Visibility | |
Schmidt et al. | What the practising rheumatologist needs to know about the technical fundamentals of ultrasonography | |
US7946987B2 (en) | Ultrasonic diagnostic apparatus | |
KR20190082161A (en) | Operating apparatus for generating energy according to skin characteristics | |
AU2004201806A1 (en) | Methods and devices for improving broadband ultrasonic attenuation and speed of sound measurements | |
JP2023520056A (en) | Medical detection system and placement method | |
Colquhoun et al. | (iv) Basic science: ultrasound | |
Singh | Measurement of Adipose Tissue Thickness in Body Using Medical Ultrasound | |
Laugier et al. | Ultrasound parametric imaging of bone in vivo | |
Ross | Freehand three dimensional ultrasound for imaging components of the musculoskeletal system | |
Fares | Volume measurements of human upper-arm muscles using compounded ultrasound imaging system | |
Svensson et al. | Session CAA-1: Clinical and Animal Applications–I | |
Akman Aydin et al. | Recent Patents on Ultrasound Thickness Measurements in Medicine |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |